144
Price List March 2019 Series 2

Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

PLS20319 © Knoll, Inc. All rights reserved.Printed in the United States on paper that contains

50% recycled content and 15% post consumer waste.

Knoll, Inc.P.O. Box 1571235 Water StreetEast Greenville, PA 18041

knoll.com

Price List March 2019

Series 2

Series 2 Price L

ist January 2018

Page 2: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Table of Contents

Introduction Knoll and Sustainable Design 2Series 2 Storage Overview Series 2 Pedestals 3

Series 2 Credenzas 4Series 2 Overhead Storage 6Series 2 Storage Towers 10

Series 2 Storage Finish Selections Series 2 Storage Finish Selections 11Legacy Finishes 13Series 2 Storage Finishes 14

Series 2 Dividends Front Storage Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed Pull 15Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 Pull 18Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends Mounting Brackets 21Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull 24Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull 45

Series 2 Template Front Storage Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull 66Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull 69Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template Pull 78Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template Pull 81Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull 88

Series 2 Storage for Reff Panels Steel Overhead Storage with Reff Mounting Brackets 107Accessories Pedestals Accessories 109

Overhead Storage Accessories 111Storage Tower Accessories 113

Universal Privacy Screen andModesty Panel

Dividends Horizon 119Template 127

Wall Mounting of Knoll Products 135

Alpha-Numeric Index 137

Selling Policy 140

KnollKey Lock Program 142

General Ordering Information 143

Series 2 Storage

PLS211191

Copyright � 2019 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 03/15/2019.

Page 3: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Knoll and Sustainable Design

Each year Knoll sets key initiatives in the journey to sustainability. Focused on our impact to people and planet, Knoll reports materialhealth product attributes and sets operational targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, waste generation and water use (in our NorthAmerican facilities.)

Material transparency is a core Knoll sustainable design value, enabling us to optimize the design and performance of our products.Our material health program utilizes independent third-party certifications that provide an impartial and trustworthy foundation forindustry-wide transparency. Certification by respected third parties ensures that all manufacturers are held to the same high standards.Knoll certifications include: Forest Stewardship Council (FSC�), Intertek’s Clean Air Program, Business and Institutional FurnitureManufacturer’s Association (BIFMA) LEVEL� certification, International Living Institute’s (ILFI) Declare labelling and CertifiedEnvironmental Product Declarations. In addition, Knoll is aligned with the U.S. Green Building Council and can help organizationsachieve credits for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED�), WELL and the Living Building Challenge (LBC) buildingcertifications.

In our manufacturing operations, we focus on efficiency and impact. Knoll Office and Knoll Europe manufacturing locations are ISO14001:2015 certified. We have also achieved year-over-year increases in the amount of waste diverted from landfills and havecontributed to greenhouse gas emissions reductions through individual site efforts. These initiatives are part of a long-term strategy tofurther reduce energy consumption and lower our carbon footprint.

We also believe in helping our customers find viable options when decommissioning furniture or other related assets. ANEW’s FullCircle Program, in partnership with Knoll, allows customers to leverage buy-back and re-sale programs as well as explore options forrepurposing or recycling that mitigate landfill impact through energy-from-waste conversion.

For more information about Knoll and sustainable design, visit www.knoll.com/environment.

2

Page 4: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 PedestalsFloorstanding, Doublewide, Mobile - Specifications

Series 2 Floorstanding PedestalsSeries 2 floorstanding pedestals areused to support worksurfaces inboth panel wrapped andfreestanding applications. Nocantilevers or other supports arerequired at the end of theworksurface supported by apedestal.

Two drawer configurations areavailable: box/box/file and file/ file.Pedestals are available with orwithout locks.

The Series 2, 24� deep pedestalcome standard without a back. Inpanel applications or infreestanding desking applicationswhere the desk is against the wall,a back is not necessary.

In desking applications where theback of the case is exposed, anoptional back case is used toconceal the pedestals contents.

The 18� and 30� deep Series 2pedestals include a back with eachcase.

Available Sizes (Nominal)Depths: 18�, 24� and 30�Width: 15�Height: 267/8�

Series 2 Doublewide PedestalsThe doublewide pedestalincorporates two 12� high drawersin a 30� or 36� width (183/4� depth)and is intended for belowworksurface applications only. Thedoublewide’s design allows forside-to-side letter or legal filing andfront-to-back letter filing.

Doublewide pedestals cannot beused with 18� deep worksurfaces.

Available Sizes: (Nominal)Depth: 183/4�Width: 30� and 36�Height: 267/8�

File drawer (doublewide pedestal)• Internal height: 93/4�• Internal width: 263/4� and 323/4�• Internal depth: 153/4�

ConstructionPedestal specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel

(double wide front: 18-gauge)• Pedestal back: 20-gauge• 7/8 extension ball bearing (full

extension available as an option)• Full extension ball bearing• Leveling glides: 3/8� diameter

steel stem with 11/2�of heightadjustment (double wide ped:5/16� diameter steel stem with a 19/16� of height adjustment

LocksSeries 2 pedestals can be orderedwith or without locks. Note,Individual locking drawers are notavailable.

Locks are randomly keyed unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike orkeyed with lock cores K001-K250.All locks are factory-installed andhave a black finish.

24� Deep CasesInternal Drawer DimensionsBox drawer• Internal height: 45/16�• Internal width: 121/16�• Internal depths: 183/8�File drawer• Internal height: 91/4�• Internal width: 121/16�• Internal depths: 183/8�

Pedestal AccessoriesAll Series 2 pedestal accessoriesincluding the hanging file channelmust be specified separately. Seepage 109 for accessories.

Mobile PedestalsSeries 2 mobile pedestals providemoveable storage within aworkstation and tuck beneath aworksurface when not in use.Available drawer configurations arebox/file, box/box/file and file/file.

Note: Series 2 pedestals, should notbe mixed with standard, Dividends,Morrison pedestals.

Mobile pedestals roll on fourcorner-mounted swivel casters andone bottom drawer-mounted casterfor stability when the lower draweris in the open position. The frontcorner casters are locking.

Mobile pedestals may be specifiedwith an optional handle allowingeasy mobility.

Keyed alike ordered separate,shipped separate.

All mobile steel pedestals include13-gauge finished tops. A back isincluded with all Series 2 mobilepedestals.

Pedestals may be specified withoutthe top for attachment of a pedestalcushion. Pedestal cushion may beordered through the Currents orCalibre price lists.

Series 2 Pedestals with VeneerDrawer FrontsSeries 2 pedestals may be specifiedwith veneer fronts on floorstanding,mobile and doublewide pedestals.

Series 2 Storage

3

Page 5: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 CredenzasCredenzas - Specifications

Series 2 CredenzasSeries 2 credenzas are nominally 22�high and are available in a variety ofopen and drawer configurations.Credenzas cases are preassembled;tops are installed on site. Credenzaswith more than one unit (double unitsand box/file with open) contain twopreassembled cases and one commontop that are assembled on site.

Five configurations are available:• Single Open• Double Open• Single Box/File• Double Box/File• Box/File with Open

Each Box/File unit contains one 6�high box drawer and one 12� high filedrawer. File drawer allows forside-to-side letter or legal filing andfront-to-back letter filing.• Internal height: 9-3/4�• Internal width: 26-3/4� and

32-3/4�• Internal depth: 15-3/4�

Available Sizes (Nominal)Depths: 18�Width: 18�, 24�, 30�, 36�, 48�, 54�,60�, 66�, 72�Height: 221/2�

ConstructionCredenza specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel

(double wide front: 18-gauge)• Back: 20-gauge• 7/8 extension ball bearing (full

extension available as an option)• Full extension ball bearing• Leveling glides: 5/16� diameter

steel stem with a 13/16� of heightadjustment

• Extended Leveling glides: 5/16�diameter steel stem; provides 25/8�clearance when fully extended

LocksSeries 2 credenzas with drawersinclude locks as a standard.

Locks are randomly keyed unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike or keyedwith lock cores K001-K250. Alllocks are factory-installed and have ablack finish.

PlanningWhen planning credenza overlappinga table foot, Extended Leveler kitmay be specified separately. Confirmclearance and overall credenzaheight when planning with heightadjustable tables.

When planning credenza withBW1CSB Template credenza spacerto support a Dividends Horizonworksurface, specify one credenzaspacer per credenza. In thisapplication, front leveling glidesmust be moved from the standardposition to the secondary locationwithin base.

When planning credenza infreestanding application,counterweight may be required. SeeCredenzas - CounterweightSpecification section forrequirements.

Series 2 Storage

4

Page 6: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 CredenzasCredenzas - Counterweight Specifications

Counterweight Applications

Single Open and Double Open units do not require counterweight. Infreestanding applications, Single Box/File, Double Box/File and selectBox/File with Open units require counterweight.

If units are connected to a panel, supporting a work surface with a credenzaspacer or ganged back-to-back with another unit, no counterweight isrequired.

Counterweights are specified separately and field-installed.

Reference the following list of pattern numbers and correspondingcounterweight kits required for freestanding units:Credenza Counterweight Kit(s) RequiredBS2C2230BL(L/S) . . . . . . . . . (1) BS2ACW3035BS2C2236BL(L/S) . . . . . . . . . (1) BS2ACW3635BS2C2248B30O18L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3020BS2C2254B30O24L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3015BS2C2254B36O18L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3620BS2C2260B30B30L(L/S) . . . . (1) BS2ACW3035 + (1) BS2ACW3040BS2C2260B30O30L(L/S). . . . no counterweight requiredBS2C2260B36O24L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3620BS2C2266B30O36L(L/S). . . . no counterweight requiredBS2C2266B36B30L(L/S) . . . . (1) BS2ACW3040 + (1) BS2ACW3640BS2C2266B36O30L(L/S). . . . no counterweight requiredBS2C2272B36B36L(L/S) . . . . (2) BS2ACW3640BS2C2272B36O36L(L/S). . . . no counterweight required

Series 2 Storage

5

Page 7: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel-Mounted Cabinets - Specifications

72" WideOverhead Cabinet(Double Door)

24"-48" WideOverhead Cabinet(Single Door)

54" or 66" Wide OffsetDouble-DoorOverhead Cainet

Overhead CabinetsCabinets mount to the integralvertical channels on the systemsspecific panels to provide overheadstorage within workstations.

Overhead cabinets consist of a top,shelf, end panels, overhead door withor without lock and requiredassembly screws. 24� to 48� widecabinets have single doors whilecabinets 54�, 60�, 66� and 72� widehave double doors. 54� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one24� and one 30� door. 66� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one30� and one 36� door. 54� and 66�overhead doors may be removed andreversed.

Overheads must match the width ofsingle or multiple panels and cannotbe mounted off-module.

All cabinets are shippedknocked-down.

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: Cabinet 15�• Depth: 141/8�• Widths: 24�, 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�,

54� 60�, 66� and 72�

Cabinet and shelf specifications:

• Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge(24� to 48� wide), 16-gauge (60� to72� wide) painted roll-formed steel

• Overhead door: 20-gauge paintedroll-formed steel

• Overhead door end trim: Colorinjected, molded plastic

• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mounting hooks

• Overhead door suspension:Steel ball bearing

Interior DimensionsThe interior dimensions of overheadcabinets and shelves are:

• Depth: 12�• Usable interior height: 125/8�• Width: 1/8� shorter than the

exterior width

Front View, Interior Height

Top View, Interior Depth

12-5/8"

12"

Cabinet Door ClearanceCabinet doors open over the tops ofcabinets. Required clearance is161/4� total height (height of cabinetplus top clearance required).

Touchdown Overhead CabinetsTouchdown overhead cabinets areequipped with hydraulic assistcylinders that allow the overheadcabinet front to gently fall to aclosed position.

Touchdown mechanisms may beretrofitted in the field to any Series2 overhead cabinet excludingVeneer fronts.

Task LightsAll cabinets and shelves will accepttask lights. For information, pleasesee accessories section for tasklights. Task lights must be orderedseparately.

LocksLocks are standard on overheadcabinets and keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike orkeyed with lock cores K001-K250.All locks are factory-installed andare black finish. Cabinets can alsobe specified without locks ifrequired. When locks are notspecified a plug is located in thelock position. Optional lock retrofitkits are available for fieldinstallation at a later date ifrequired. See page 142 foradditional keying information.

Series 2 Storage

6

Page 8: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel Upmount Cabinets - Specifications

Panel Upmount OverheadCabinets used on DividendspanelsUpmount cabinets mount to 50� highpanels to provide overhead storagewithin workstations as an alternativeto overheads panel-mounted on 64�high panels. Upmount cabinets havefull finished backs and requireupmount brackets for mounting.

When installed on 50� highDividends panels, upmount cabinetsmatch up to the overall 64� height ofpanel-mounted overhead cabinetsand freestanding overdesks toprovide a consistent height withinthe facility.

Overhead cabinets consist of a top,shelf, end panels, enclosed back,overhead door with or without lockand required assembly screws. 24� to48� wide cabinets have single doorswhile cabinets 54�, 60�, 66� and 72�wide have double doors. 54� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one24� and one 30� door. 66� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one30� and one 36� door. 54� and 66�overhead doors may be removed andreversed.

Upmount cabinets are shippedknocked-down.

Upmount overheads must match thewidth of single or multiple panelsand cannot be mounted off module.

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: 15�• Depth: 131/2�• Widths: 24�, 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�,

54� 60�, 66� and 72�

Panel Upmount Cabinet

Series 2 Upmount cabinetspecification:

• Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge(30� to 48� wide), 16-gauge (60� to72� wide) painted roll-formed steel

• Overhead door: 20-gauge paintedroll-formed steel

• Overhead door suspension: Steelball-bearing

• Overhead door end trim: Colorinjected, molded plastic

• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mounting hooks

• Upmount brackets: 14-gauge steel

Interior DimensionsUpmount cabinet interiors measure:

• Depth 12�• Usable interior height: 125/8�• Width: 1/8� shorter than the

exterior width.

Front View, Interior Height

Top View, Interior Depth

12-5/8"

12"

Cabinet Door ClearanceCabinet doors open over the tops ofcabinets. Required clearance is:161/4� total height (height of cabinetplus top clearance required).

Available Sizes

• Height: 15�• Depth: 131/2�• Widths: 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�

Upmount BracketsCabinet upmount brackets arerequired for upmount applications.Upmount brackets are orderedseparately in pairs.

�Touchdown� Overhead CabinetsTouchdown Overhead cabinets areequipped with hydraulic assistcylinders that allows the overheadcabinet front to gently fall to a closedposition.

Retrofit mechanisms may be fieldadded to any Series 2 overheadcabinet with the exception of Veneerfront cabinets.

LocksLocks are standard on overheadcabinets and keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike or keyedwith lock cores K001-K250. Alllocks are factory-installed and areblack finish. Cabinets can also bespecified without locks if required.When locks are not specified a plugis located in the lock position.Optional lock retrofit kits areavailable for field-installation at alater date if required. See page 142for additional keying information.

Task LightsAll upmount cabinets will accepttask lights. For information, pleasesee accessories section for tasklights. Task lights must be orderedseparately.

Series 2 Storage

7

Page 9: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel-Mounted Bookshelves - Specifications

Overhead Book ShelvesBook shelves mount to the integralvertical channels on panels toprovide overhead storage withinworkstations.

Book shelves include a shelf, endpanels, open back and requiredassembly screws.

Shelves must match the width ofsingle or multiple panels andcannot be mounted off-module.

All book shelves are shippedknocked-down.

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: shelf 8�• Depth: 141/8�• Widths: 24�, 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�,

54� 60�, 66� and 72�

Task Lights BookshelvesAll shelves will accept task lights.For information, please seeaccessories section. Task lightsmust be ordered separately.

Series 2 Storage

8

Page 10: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Task Lights Dividends Horizon offers T5 and LED task lights. T5 task lights are available in standard and advanced models. Task lights must be ordered separately from shelves, overhead cabinets, and overdesk units.

Task lights are TCLP compliant and meet requirements of California Title 20 and Title 24. T5 advanced task lights are fitted with ballasts and lamps compliant with LEED requirements. All task lights are approved for New York City installations.

T5 Task Lights T5 task lights include T5 cool white (4100K) fluorescent lamp, electronic ballast, 9 foot grounded cordset, prismatic lens, rocker switch, one cord exit management clip and mounting hardware. T5 task light housings are painted black.

The T5 task light cordset is a center exit. On smaller units the cord exit is off-center, but still not handed, allowing the cordset to be positioned either to the right or left of the task light for easy access to the closest available duplex.

All T5 task lights include mounting hardware for attachment to overhead cabinets, shelves, up mounted cabinets and freestanding overdesks. Specify task lights one size or less than the overall cabinet or overdesk width. T5 task lights have adjustable mounting brackets that lock into integral channels in the underside of the cabinet’s lower shelf. The spring steel adjustable mounting brackets flex to install without requiring tools and allow the light to be positioned at any position side-to-side and front-to-back.

City of Chicago T5 task lights have a 9 foot power cord with a resettable circuit breaker built into the plug.

LED Task Lights LED task lights include LED’s, a power supply with 9'-12' cord and mounting hardware. Housings are clear anodized aluminum with white color end-caps. Cord management clips must be ordered separately. The power supply cord attaches to either end of the fixture, allowing for easier access to the closest available duplex.

LED task lights mount into the recess in the underside of overhead cabinets and shelves at least 5" wider than the task light width..

Cord Management Clips Cord management clips attach to the integral slotted channels on panel frames to manage task light cordsets. Clips are 3/8” high black molded plastic construction.

Cord Management Clip

Panel Frame

Model Number Fixture Length Lamp Length Lamp Part Number Lamp Watts Input Watts

T5 Standard Task LightsDL3T5E19S 19" 12" FULHAM F8T5/CW 8 8DL3T5E25S 25" 21.6" FULHAM F14T5/41K 14 15DL3T5E37S 37" 33.4" FULHAM F21T5/41K 21 24DL3T5E49S 49" 45.2" FULHAM F28T5/41K 28 31

T5 Advanced Task LightsDL3T5E25A 25" 22.2" PHILIPS F14T5/841/ALTO 14 18DL3T5E37A 37" 33.98" PHILIPS F21T5/841/ALTO 21 24DL3T5E49A 49" 45.8" PHILIPS F28T5/841/ALTO 28 31

LED Task LightsDL4L17 17" 16.4" N/A 6.6 7.8DL4L31 31" 30.1" N/A 14.8 17.6DL4L44 44" 43.7" N/A 21.8 25.9DL4L58 58" 57.4" N/A 28.2 33.6

Task Light Specifications

Cord Management Clip AttachmentT5 Task Light LED Task Light

Series 2 Overhead StorageTask Lights - Specifications

Series 2 Storage

9

Page 11: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Storage TowersSeries 2 Storage Towers - Specifications

Series 2 Storage TowerSeries 2 freestanding storage towersare stand-alone storage units thatprovide vertical storage.

Available Sizes (Nominal)Depth: 24�Width: 15�, 24�, 30�Height: 42�, 50�, 57� and 64�

ConstructionsSeries 2 storage towers match theaesthetic of the Series 2 pedestal anddouble wide pedestal.Storage Tower specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Door front: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel• Storage tower cap: 20-gauge steel• Tower base: 18-gauge steel• Box drawer suspension: Full ball

bearing slides• Leveling glides: 3/8� diameter steel

stem with 1� of height adjustment• Vertical supports: 18-gauge steel

LocksStorage towers can be ordered with orwithout lock. When specified withoutlocks plugs, a lock plug is included.

Locks are keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other optionsinclude keyed alike or keyed withlock cores K001-K250. All locks arefactory installed and have a blackfinish

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• Single door towers, double doortowers, 24�w and 30�w SideAccess and Display towersinclude (2) locks. (Exceptfull-height doors which include (1)lock)

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.(Except full-height doors withwardrobe which include (2) locks)

See page 142 for additional keyinginformation.

Storage Tower AccessoriesHanging file bars for front to backand side-to-side filing for the lateralfile are included with the storagetower. Please see accessories sectionfor optional drawer accessories.

Note: When a tower is specified witha wardrobe, the handedness of thecase is deteremined by the locationof the wardrobe.

For single door units without awardrobe, the handedness of the caseis determined by the hinge side ofthe door.

For side access bookcase and displaytowers without wardrobes, thehandedness is determined by theorientation of the bookcase shelfopening.

Note: Worksurfaces may beconnected to side access bookcaseand display towers only. This may beaccomplished by using theworksurface splice kit patternDT3WSP. Remember to specify afinish color.

ShelvesAll Series 2 towers with visible topfronts are shipped with (1) useradjustable shelf, with the exceptionof 64� tall Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers which ship with (2).

For stability reasons, full height doortowers ship with the following shelfconfiguration:50�h & 57�h: 1 fixed shelft and 1adjustable shelf64�h: 1 fixed shelf and 2 adjustableshelves

Series 2 Storage

10

Page 12: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Storage Finish Selections

Knoll Color Program

Core Paint FinishesSpecify Core finishes for all newcustomers

P1 Paint Finishes111 Jet Black

(was 27 Matte Black)112 Brown113 Dark Grey (was Y3)114 Folkstone Grey115 Medium Grey116 SandStone117 Soft Grey (was E)118 Bright White

P1 Textured Paint Finishes111T Textured Jet Black112T Textured Brown113T Textured Dark Grey114T Textured Folkstone Grey115T Textured Medium Grey116T Textured SandStone117T Textured Soft Grey118T Textured Bright White

P2 Paint Finishes611 Beige Mist Metallic612 Medium Metallic Grey

(was J)

P2 Textured Paint Finishes611T Textured Beige Mist

Metallic612T Textured Medium Metallic

Grey

P3 Paint Finishes613 Silver (was 3)

Template Pull Finishes111 Jet Black112 Brown113 Dark Grey114 Folkstone Grey115 Medium Grey116 Sandstone117 Soft Grey118 Bright White611 Beige Mist Metallic612 Medium Metallic Grey613 SilverAA Anodized AluminumAN Anodized Nickel

ColorAll inside and outside case surfacesare painted in the same specifiedpaint color.

Interior components and accessoriesare painted black. * Note, Series 2pedestal accessories includinghanging file bars must be orderedseparately.

Note: For laminate and veneer frontstorage, specifiers must select a paintfinish for the case as well as choosinga laminate or veneer selection for thefront.

Custom Color PolicyFor all colors outside the standardpalettes for Series 2 storage asdefined within this price list, Knollwill custom match your specification.Please submit the request usingKnoll’s Custom Finish Planneravailable on Dealer Portal.

Custom colors will be processed at aP2 list price for finishes that are notmetallic, clear or white. Metallic,clear and white finishes will beprocessed at a P3 list price.

Extended lead times may apply tocustom paint match selections.

Laminate FinishesMatching edge band unless noted otherwise*denotes melamine finishL1 - Solid Colors114* Folkstone Grey117* Soft Grey118* Bright White119* Pumice

L2 - Solid Colors111* Jet Black115* Medium Grey128* Fog

L2 - Patterned121 Micro Grey

114 edge band122 Brushed Sand

119 edge band123 Brushed Grey

128 edge band129 Micro Sand

119 edge band

L2 -Wood Grain124* Medium Cherry125* Natural Maple126* Natural Cherry127* Walnut139* Light Ash140* Warm Ash141* Whitened Ash142* Grey Ash143* Classic Oak144* Graphite Pear145 Zebra

Series 2 Storage

11

Page 13: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Storage Finish Selections

Wood FinishesNew codes begin with a three digit numeric sequence, followed by a letter suffix. Each letter suffix (A-F) represents a different combination of pore fill optionsand gloss levels.

Code V1 TECHWOOD

638 Blond Maple628 Dark Mahogany639 Light Cherry641 Black Oak506 Maple509 Cherry512 Medium Walnut513 Medium Teak514 Espresso637 Natural644 Light Walnut645 Dove Grey

Code V2 PREMIUM TECHWOOD

647 White Pine640 Ebony642 Grigio

V2 NATURAL VENEER020 Natural Oak017 Light Walnut002 Bronze Cherry006 Maple021 Peacock Green Walnut022 Old English Walnut037 Birch

Gloss Level Fill LevelA Low Gloss Closed PoreB MediumGloss Closed PoreC High Gloss Closed Pore

D Low Gloss Open PoreE Medium Gloss Open PoreF High Gloss Open Pore

For more detailed information on Veneer finishes, please refer to the Wood Finish Matrix on the Knoll.com.

Series 2 Storage

12

Page 14: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Legacy Finishes

Legacy Paint FinishesSpecify Legacy Finishes to matchexisting product only. Legacyfinishes are not available for newcustomers

P1 Paint FinishesY1 Pewter

P2 Paint FinishesW Light Tan MetallicH Beige Metallic

Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Veneer Front StorageFinish Colors

P1 Paint FinishesLD Charcoal GreyLC Oyster GreyLE Willow Grey

P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyV Dark Metallic GreyW Light Tan MetallicH Beige Metallic

Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Morrison Front StorageFinish Colors

P1 Paint FinishesN2 FlintNW Light TanNH Beige

P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyW Light Metallic TanH Metallic BeigeV Dark Metallic Grey

P3 Paint FinishesB White

Series 2 Storage

13

Page 15: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Series 2 Storage FinishesFabrics

Fabric Options

Grade 10Annex (W1360)Beacon (W14975)Broadcloth II (W1619)Circuit (W17545)Element (W1077)Growth Spurt (W692)Messa (W2061)Skylark (W17187)Symbolic Details (W693)Tailor Made II (1610)Versatility (W432)

Grade 20Circle Line (W1146)Criss Cross (W305)Delite (K2026)Edo (W2111)Logic (W1318)Mainframe (W17835)Namatic II (W16201)Photon (W1293)Reflect (W884)

Grade 30Micro (W465)Relay (W1020)

Grade 40Amplify (W1215)Bandwidth (W1219)Hourglass (K1523)Palladium (W1030)Spellbound (W1464)

Grade 50Presto (K1000)

COM (Customer’s Own Material) COM can beapplied to Dividends Horizon product on a selectbasis. Please consult your Knoll CustomerService Representative for details on the COMapproval process and testing requirements.

Pricing for COM fabrics is at Grade 10.

Note: Always contact your Customer ServiceRepresentative prior to sending any COM(including pre-approved KnollTextiles) to themanufacturing facility

Series 2 Storage

14

Page 16: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed PullFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL18A $730. $840. $876.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL24A 626. 722. 750.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL30A 842. 969. 1,015.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL18B 701. 809. 842.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL24B 593. 683. 711.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL30B 805. 924. 965.

Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back

147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 112. 127. 130.

Order Code

Example: DS4PFL24A-117

DS4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

PF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).

Note:24� deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.18� and 30� floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information )

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

15

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 17: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed PullMobile Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� Y DS4PML18F $1,020. $1,176. $1,225.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� Y DS4PML24F 768. 882. 918.

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML18A 1,149. 1,318. 1,375.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML24A 855. 988. 1,030.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML18B 1,111. 1,280. 1,335.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML24B 855. 988. 1,030.

Order Code

Example: DS4PML24A-117

DS4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

PM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

16

Page 18: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed PullDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS4DW30L $1,107. $1,274. $1,328.36� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS4DW36L 1,169. 1,346. 1,404.

Order Code

Example: DS4DW30L-117

DS4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

DW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).

Doublewide pedestals includehanging file bars for letter and legalfront-to-back and side-to-side filing.

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/24�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

17

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 19: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 PullFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL18A $730. $840. $876.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL24A 626. 722. 750.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL30A 842. 969. 1,015.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL18B 701. 809. 842.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL24B 593. 683. 711.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL30B 805. 924. 965.

Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back

147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 112. 127. 130.

Order Code

Example: DS2PFL24A-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

PF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).

Note:24� deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.18� and 30� floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information )

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

18

Page 20: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 PullMobile Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� Y DS2PML18F $1,020. $1,176. $1,225.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� Y DS2PML24F 768. 882. 918.

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML18A 1,149. 1,318. 1,375.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML24A 855. 988. 1,030.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML18B 1,111. 1,280. 1,335.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML24B 855. 988. 1,030.

Order Code

Example: DS2PML24A-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

PM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

19

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 21: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 PullDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS2DW30L $1,107. $1,274. $1,328.36� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS2DW36L 1,169. 1,346. 1,404.

Order Code

Example: DS2DW30L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

DW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).

Doublewide pedestals includehanging file bars for letter and legalfront-to-back and side-to-side filing.

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/24�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

20

Page 22: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM24L $636. $735. $768.297/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM30L 636. 735. 768.357/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM36L 693. 798. 832.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM42L 758. 868. 904.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM48L 832. 954. 998.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM54L 986. 1,137. 1,188.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM60L 986. 1,137. 1,188.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM66L 1,101. 1,265. 1,321.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM72L 1,101. 1,265. 1,321.

Order Code

Example: DS2PM24L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPM Panel Mount Overhead24 24� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2PM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

24� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� wideunits have off-set double doors. 72�wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

S2 panel mount overheads may bewall mounted using the DividendsOverhead Wall-mount Bracket. (SeeS2 overhead accessories)

Touch Down kits are intended foruse with steel door fronts only. (SeeS2 overhead accessories forTouch-down kits for overheads)

Add $162 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2PM24EL. For unitswith two doors add $325 to the list.

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Series 2 Storage

21

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 23: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 297/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM30L $816. $940. $978.357/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM36L 841. 969. 1,011.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM42L 870. 998. 1,043.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM48L 885. 1,017. 1,061.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM54L 1,189. 1,369. 1,426.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM60L 1,189. 1,369. 1,426.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM66L 1,243. 1,430. 1,493.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM72L 1,243. 1,430. 1,493.

Series 2 Steel Front Up-Mount Bracket(Dividends)

7/8� 123/16� 113/4� N/A DB1U18 88. 95. 100.

Order Code

Example: DS2UM30L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontUM Up-Mount Overhead30 30� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2UM30N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

24� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� wideunits have off-set double doors. 72�wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Up-mount overhead cabinetsinclude an enclosed back.

Up-mount brackets are required andmust be ordered separately.

Application Notes

Touch Down kits are intended foruse with steel door fronts only. (SeeS2 overhead accessories forTouch-down kits for overheads)

Add $163 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2UM30EL. Forunits with two doors add $327 to thelist.

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Series 2 Storage

22

Page 24: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsStanchion Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Stanchion mount overhead cabinet with back andlock

357/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD36L $1,427. $1,643. $1,714.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD42L 1,457. 1,676. 1,746.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD48L 1,476. 1,695. 1,768.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD54L 1,795. 2,065. 2,159.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD60L 1,795. 2,065. 2,159.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD66L 1,855. 2,135. 2,226.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD72L 1,855. 2,135. 2,226.

Order Code

Example: DS2OD36L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontOD Stanchion Mount

Overhead36 36� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2OD36N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

36� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� unitshave off-set double doors. 72� wideunits have two doors. Units with twodoors have two locks.

Stanchion mount overhead storagecabinets include an enclosed back.

Application Notes

Touch Down kits are intended foruse with steel door fronts only. (SeeS2 overhead accessories forTouch-down kits for overheads)

Add $163 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2OD36EL. For unitswith two doors add $327 to the list.

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Series 2 Storage

23

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 25: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers42� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBLH4215BBFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBRH4215BBFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.

42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 14 7/8’� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBLH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBRH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH4215BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

24

Page 26: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SLH5015BBFL $2,175. $2,501. $2,610.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SRH5015BBFL 2,175. 2,501. 2,610.

50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SLH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SRH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.

50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBLH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBRH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5015BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

25

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 27: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBLH5015FFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBRH5015FFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5015BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

26

Page 28: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SLH5715FFL $2,011. $2,316. $2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.

57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SLH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.

57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBLH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

27

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 29: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBLH5715BBFL $2,227. $2,559. $2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

28

Page 30: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBLH6415BBFL $2,022. $2,332. $2,429.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBRH6415BBFL 2,022. 2,332. 2,429.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBLH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.right hand 15� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBRH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.

64� High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDLH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDRH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH6415BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

29

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 31: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDLH6415FFL $1,951. $2,243. $2,340.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDRH6415FFL 1,951. 2,243. 2,340.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SLH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SRH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.

64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SLH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SRH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH6415BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

30

Page 32: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers42� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBLH4224BBFL $2,685. $3,089. $3,227.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBRH4224BBFL 2,685. 3,089. 3,227.

42� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBLH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBRH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

31

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 33: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5024BBFL $2,470. $2,841. $2,961.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5024BBFL 2,470. 2,841. 2,961.

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.

50� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBLH5024FFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBRH5024FFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5024BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

32

Page 34: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBLH5024BBFL $2,699. $3,106. $3,243.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBRH5024BBFL 2,699. 3,106. 3,243.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5024BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

33

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 35: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5724FFL $2,289. $2,632. $2,746.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5724FFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,746.

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.

57� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBLH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBRH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specific Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

34

Page 36: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBLH5724BBFL $2,806. $3,228. $3,369.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBRH5724BBFL 2,806. 3,228. 3,369.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specific Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

35

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 37: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6424BBFL $2,574. $2,961. $3,089.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6424BBFL 2,574. 2,961. 3,089.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH6424BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specifiacation Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

36

Page 38: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBLH6424BBFL $2,866. $3,295. $3,440.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBRH6424BBFL 2,866. 3,295. 3,440.

64� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBLH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBRH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH6424BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specifiacation Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

37

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 39: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDLH6424BBFL $2,895. $3,330. $3,470.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDRH6424BBFL 2,895. 3,330. 3,470.

64� High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDLH6424FFL 2,793. 3,215. 3,353.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDRH6424FFL 2,793. 3,215. 3,353.

Order Code

Example: DT4SBLH6424BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specifiacation Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

38

Page 40: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSLH5024BBFL $2,503. $2,874. $2,998.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSRH5024BBFL 2,503. 2,874. 2,998.

50� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSLH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSRH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.

Order Code

Example: DT4FSLH5024L- 117

DT4F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, RecessedPull

S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge50 50� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

39

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 41: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSLH5724BBFL $2,595. $2,979. $3,106.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSRH5724BBFL 2,595. 2,979. 3,106.

57� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSLH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSRH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.

Order Code

Example: DT4FSLH5724L- 117

DT4F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, RecessedPull

S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge57 57� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

40

Page 42: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSLH6424BBFL $2,611. $2,998. $3,126.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSRH6424BBFL 2,611. 2,998. 3,126.

64� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSLH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSRH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.

Order Code

Example: DT4FSLH6424L- 117

DT4F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, RecessedPull

S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge64 64� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

41

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 43: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5030FFL $2,401. $2,762. $2,885.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5030FFL 2,401. 2,762. 2,885.

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.

Order Code

Example: DT4WSLH5030BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor

LH Left Hand Access50 50� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit: Deduct $30 for (1) lock unit,$60 for (2) lock unit, and $75 for a(3) lock unit. Substitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with an ‘‘N’’within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(DT4WSLH5030BBFN)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 24� and 30� widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

42

Page 44: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5730FFL $2,528. $2,907. $3,032.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5730FFL 2,528. 2,907. 3,032.

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5730BBFL 2,722. 3,126. 3,265.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5730BBFL 2,722. 3,126. 3,265.

Order Code

Example: DT4WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor

LH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit: Deduct $30 for (1) lock unit,$60 for (2) lock unit, and $75 for a(3) lock unit. Substitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with an ‘‘N’’within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(DT4WSLH5030BBFN)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 24� and 30� widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

43

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 45: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6430BBFL $2,768. $3,186. $3,325.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6430BBFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.

Order Code

Example: DT4WSLH6430BBFL-117

DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull

WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor

LH Left Hand Access64 64� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit: Deduct $30 for (1) lock unit,$60 for (2) lock unit, and $75 for a(3) lock unit. Substitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with an ‘‘N’’within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(DT4WSLH5030BBFN)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 24� and 30� widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

44

Page 46: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers42� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBLH4215BBFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBRH4215BBFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.

42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 14 7/8’� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBLH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBRH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH4215BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57�and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

45

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 47: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SLH5015BBFL $2,175. $2,501. $2,610.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SRH5015BBFL 2,175. 2,501. 2,610.

50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SLH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SRH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.

50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBLH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBRH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5015BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

46

Page 48: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBLH5015FFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBRH5015FFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5015BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

47

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 49: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SLH5715FFL $2,011. $2,316. $2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.

57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SLH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.

57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBLH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

48

Page 50: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBLH5715BBFL $2,227. $2,559. $2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

49

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 51: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBLH6415BBFL $2,022. $2,332. $2,429.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBRH6415BBFL 2,022. 2,332. 2,429.

64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBLH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.right hand 15� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBRH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.

64� High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDLH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDRH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH6415BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

50

Page 52: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDLH6415FFL $1,951. $2,243. $2,340.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDRH6415FFL 1,951. 2,243. 2,340.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SLH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SRH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.

64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SLH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SRH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH6415BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

51

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 53: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers42� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBLH4224BBFL $2,685. $3,089. $3,227.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBRH4224BBFL 2,685. 3,089. 3,227.

42� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBLH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBRH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH4224BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

52

Page 54: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5024BBFL $2,470. $2,841. $2,961.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5024BBFL 2,470. 2,841. 2,961.

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.

50� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBLH5024BBFL 2,699. 3,106. 3,243.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBRH5024BBFL 2,699. 3,106. 3,243.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5024BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

53

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 55: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBLH5024FFL $2,598. $2,986. $3,115.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBRH5024FFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5024BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

54

Page 56: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5724FFL $2,289. $2,632. $2,746.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5724FFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,746.

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.

57� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBLH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBRH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

55

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 57: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBLH5724BBFL $2,806. $3,228. $3,369.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBRH5724BBFL 2,806. 3,228. 3,369.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

56

Page 58: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6424BBFL $2,574. $2,961. $3,089.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6424BBFL 2,574. 2,961. 3,089.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH6424BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

57

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 59: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBLH6424BBFL $2,866. $3,295. $3,440.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBRH6424BBFL 2,866. 3,295. 3,440.

64� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBLH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBRH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.

64� High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDLH6424BBFL 2,895. 3,330. 3,470.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDRH6424BBFL 2,895. 3,330. 3,470.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH6424BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

58

Page 60: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDLH6424FFL $2,793. $3,215. $3,353.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDRH6424FFL 2,793. 3,215. 3,353.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH6424BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

59

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 61: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSLH5024BBFL $2,503. $2,874. $2,998.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSRH5024BBFL 2,503. 2,874. 2,998.

50� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSLH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSRH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.

Order Code

Example: DT3FSLH5024L- 117

DT3F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, Series 2 Pull

S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge50 50� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

60

Page 62: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSLH5724BBFL $2,595. $2,979. $3,106.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSRH5724BBFL 2,595. 2,979. 3,106.

57� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSLH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSRH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.

Order Code

Example: DT3FWSLH5724BBFL-117

DT3F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, Series 2 Pull

WS Wardrobe and Singledoor

LH Left Hand Hinge57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer width: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

61

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 63: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSLH6424BBFL $2,611. $2,998. $3,126.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSRH6424BBFL 2,611. 2,998. 3,126.

64� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSLH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSRH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.

Order Code

Example: DT3FSLH6424L- 117

DT3F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, Series 2 Pull

S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge64 64� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

62

Page 64: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5030FFL $2,401. $2,762. $2,885.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5030FFL 2,401. 2,762. 2,885.

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5030BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor

LH Left Hand Access50 50� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

63

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 65: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5730BBFL $2,722. $3,126. $3,265.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5730BBFL 2,722. 3,126. 3,265.

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5730FFL 2,528. 2,907. 3,032.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5730FFL 2,528. 2,907. 3,032.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor

LH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57�and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

64

Page 66: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6430BBFL $2,768. $3,186. $3,325.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6430BBFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH6430BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull

WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor

LH Left Hand Access64 64� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)

Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

65

Ser

ies

2D

ivid

ends

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 67: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template PullFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2 P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18A(L/V) $962. $1,024. $1,194. $1,291.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24A(L/V) 958. 986. 1,152. 1,243.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30A(L/V) 1,099. 1,153. 1,347. 1,450.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18B(L/V) 877. 930. 1,143. 1,232.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24B(L/V) 843. 890. 1,101. 1,190.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30B(L/V) 972. 1,030. 1,314. 1,416.

Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back

147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 0. 0. 0. 0. 112. 127. 130.

Order Code

Example: BS2PFL24A-VC 113

BS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RS2PFN18A).

Note: 24� deep floorstandingpedestals do not include a backpanel. Back panels must be orderedseparately. 18� and 30�floorstanding pedestals have backsstandard.

Note:Be sure to specify a paintfinish for the case as well as aveneer selection for the fronts.

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)

Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHeight components

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 18 3/8’

Series 2 Storage

66

Page 68: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template PullMobile Pedestals

description w d h pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18A(L/V) $1,352. $1,404. $1,608. $1,731.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24A(L/V) 1,092. 1,371. 1,608. 1,731.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18B(L/V) 1,226. 1,279. 1,608. 1,731.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24B(L/V) 1,093. 1,151. 1,608. 1,731.

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� BS2PML18F(L/V) 1,150. 1,192. 1,452. 1,566.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� BS2PML24F(L/V) 1,008. 1,049. 1,452. 1,566.

Order Code

Example: BS2PML24A-VC 113

BS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(RS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(RS2POL18A)

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)

Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHigh Components

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

Mobile Pedestal Internal DrawerDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

67

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 69: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template PullDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� Y BS2DW30L(L/V) $1,368. $1,430. $1,622. $1,671.36� 183/4� 267/8� Y BS2DW36L(L/V) 1,461. 1,535. 1,794. 1,845.

Order Code

Example: BS2DW30L-VC 113

BS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL LockingVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2DW30N).

Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHeight Components

Doublewide pedestals includehanging file bars for letter and legalfront-to-back and side-to-side filing.

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath asupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

Doublewide Pedestal DrawerInternal Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

68

Page 70: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015BBFL(L/V) $2,623. $2,721. $4,126. $4,448.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015BBFL(L/V) 2,623. 2,721. 4,126. 4,448.

50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015FFL(L/V) 2,415. 2,519. 3,719. 4,012.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015FFL(L/V) 2,415. 2,519. 3,719. 4,012.

Order Code

Example: BT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

69

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 71: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715BBFL(L/V) $2,688. $2,802. $4,226. $4,554.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715BBFL(L/V) 2,688. 2,802. 4,226. 4,554.

57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715FFL(L/V) 2,481. 2,601. 3,819. 4,119.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715FFL(L/V) 2,481. 2,601. 3,819. 4,119.

Order Code

Example: BT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• Single door towers, double doortowers, 24�w and 30�w SideAccess and Display towersinclude (2) locks. (Exceptfull-height doors which include(1) lock)

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

70

Page 72: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415BBFL(L/V) $2,722. $2,845. $4,319. $4,659.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415BBFL(L/V) 2,722. 2,845. 4,319. 4,659.

64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415FFL(L/V) 2,515. 2,643. 3,917. 4,226.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415FFL(L/V) 2,515. 2,643. 3,917. 4,226.

Order Code

Example: BT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

71

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 73: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024BBFL(L/V) $3,017. $3,187. $5,035. $5,426.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024BBFL(L/V) 3,017. 3,187. 5,035. 5,426.

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024FFL(L/V) 2,844. 3,020. 4,162. 4,482.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024FFL(L/V) 2,844. 3,020. 4,162. 4,482.

Order Code

Example: BT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

72

Page 74: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724FFL(L/V) $2,970. $3,172. $4,295. $4,625.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724FFL(L/V) 2,970. 3,172. 4,295. 4,625.

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724BBFL(L/V) 3,143. 3,339. 5,059. 5,452.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724BBFL(L/V) 3,143. 3,339. 5,059. 5,452.

Order Code

Example: BT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

73

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 75: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424BBFL(L/V) $3,160. $3,364. $5,072. $5,463.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424BBFL(L/V) 3,160. 3,364. 5,072. 5,463.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424FFL(L/V) 2,987. 3,197. 4,350. 4,687.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424FFL(L/V) 2,987. 3,197. 4,350. 4,687.

Order Code

Example: BT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

74

Page 76: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030BBFL(L/V) $3,146. $3,356. $4,923. $5,312.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030BBFL(L/V) 3,146. 3,356. 4,923. 5,312.

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030FFL(L/V) 2,970. 3,190. 4,558. 4,913.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030FFL(L/V) 2,970. 3,190. 4,558. 4,913.

Order Code

Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

75

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 77: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730BBFL(L/V) $3,314. $3,553. $5,158. $5,560.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730BBFL(L/V) 3,314. 3,553. 5,158. 5,560.

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730FFL(L/V) 3,141. 3,385. 4,792. 5,171.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730FFL(L/V) 3,141. 3,385. 4,792. 5,171.

Order Code

Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

76

Page 78: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430BBFL(L/V) $3,323. $3,578. $5,251. $5,664.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430BBFL(L/V) 3,323. 3,578. 5,251. 5,664.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430FFL(L/V) 3,150. 3,409. 4,896. 5,281.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430FFL(L/V) 3,150. 3,409. 4,896. 5,281.

Order Code

Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.

• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.

• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.

• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Series 2 Storage

77

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 79: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template PullFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with twobox and one file drawer with lock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18A(S/L/V) $887. $1,021. $1,065.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24A(S/L/V) 761. 878. 913.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30A(S/L/V) 1,024. 1,179. 1,236.

Floorstanding Pedestal with twofile drawers with lock

147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18B(S/L/V) 854. 984. 1,024.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24B(S/L/V) 722. 832. 865.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30B(S/L/V) 981. 1,127. 1,175.

Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back

147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 112. 127. 130.

Order Code

Example: BS2PFL24AS-117

BS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileS Steel Front117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).

Note:24� deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.18� and 30� floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information )

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

78

Page 80: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template PullMobile Pedestals

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18AS $1,432. $1,645. $1,715.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24AS 1,015. 1,171. 1,223.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18BS 1,387. 1,596. 1,666.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24BS 1,015. 1,171. 1,223.

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� BS2PML18FS 1,272. 1,464. 1,526.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� BS2PML24FS 911. 1,049. 1,092.

Order Code

Example: DS2PML24A-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileS Steel Front117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)

Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Series 2 Storage

79

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 81: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template PullDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW30LS $1,349. $1,550. $1,616.36� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW36LS 1,424. 1,637. 1,709.

Doublewide Pedestal open 18� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW18O 850. 977. 1,019.24� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW24O 887. 1,020. 1,065.30� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW30O 902. 1,037. 1,082.36� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW36O 958. 1,102. 1,150.

Order Code

Example: DS2DW30L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL LockingS Steel Front117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).

Open doublewide pedestals featuretwo available adjustable shelfpositions with one adjustable shelfincluded standard. Additionalshelves may be specified separately,see Pedestal Accessories.

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/24�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

80

Page 82: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Single Open Unit

description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2

Credenza - Single Open Unit 18� 183/4� 221/2� 18� open BS2C2218O $968. $979.24� 183/4� 221/2� 24� open BS2C2224O 980. 1,046.30� 183/4� 221/2� 30� open BS2C2230O 972. 1,057.36� 183/4� 221/2� 36� open BS2C2236O 1,025. 1,141.

Order Code

Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)

BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front

Specification Information

Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.

For Open and Steel front: L1/L2pricing is based on top finish. ForLaminate front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top and front finish.

Application Notes

Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersmay require counterweight infreestanding position. Refer to Series2 Overview - Series 2 Credenzasection for specifics.

Extended leveler kit may bespecified separately for unitsoverlaying table foot.

Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

81

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 83: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Double Open Unit

description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2

Credenza - Double Open Unit 36� 183/4� 221/2� 18� + 18� open BS2C2236O18O18 $1,501. $1,604.42� 183/4� 221/2� 18� + 24� open BS2C2242O24O18 1,569. 1,673.48� 183/4� 221/2� 24� + 24� open BS2C2248O24O24 1,663. 1,776.48� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 18� open BS2C2248O30O18 1,643. 1,756.54� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 24� open BS2C2254O30O24 1,695. 1,824.54� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 18� open BS2C2254O36O18 1,714. 1,843.60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 30� open BS2C2260O30O30 1,724. 1,872.60� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 24� open BS2C2260O36O24 1,687. 1,834.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 30� open BS2C2266O36O30 1,795. 1,954.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 36� open BS2C2272O36O36 1,829. 2,005.

Order Code

Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)

BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front

Specification Information

Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.

For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.

Application Notes

Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.

Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

82

Page 84: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Single Box/File Unit

description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2

Credenza - Single Box/FileUnit, Steel Front

30� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file BS2C2230BLS $1,429. $1,664.36� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file BS2C2236BLS 1,484. 1,751.

Credenza - Single Box/FileUnit, Laminate Front

30� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file BS2C2230BLL 1,595. 1,793.36� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file BS2C2236BLL 1,696. 1,917.

Order Code

Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)

BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front

Specification Information

Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.

For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.

Application Notes

Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.

Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

83

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 85: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Double Box/File Unit

description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2

Credenza - Double Box/FileUnit, Steel Front

60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 30� box/file BS2C2260B30B30LS $2,736. $2,933.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 30� box/file BS2C2266B36B30LS 2,880. 3,059.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 36� box/file BS2C2272B36B36LS 2,884. 3,111.

Credenza - Double Box/FileUnit, Laminate Front

60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 30� box/file BS2C2260B30B30LL 3,083. 3,285.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 30� box/file BS2C2266B36B30LL 3,283. 3,458.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 36� box/file BS2C2272B36B36LL 3,345. 3,440.

Order Code

Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)

BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front

Specification Information

Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.

For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.

Application Notes

Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.

Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

84

Page 86: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Box/File with Open Unit

description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2

Credenza - Box/File with OpenUnit, Steel Front

48� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 18� open BS2C2248B30O18LS $2,098. $2,211.54� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 24� open BS2C2254B30O24LS 2,150. 2,282.54� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 18� open BS2C2254B36O18LS 2,169. 2,303.60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 30� open BS2C2260B30O30LS 2,144. 2,292.60� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 24� open BS2C2260B36O24LS 2,184. 2,332.66� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 36� open BS2C2266B30O36LS 2,254. 2,413.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 30� open BS2C2266B36O30LS 2,255. 2,414.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 36� open BS2C2272B36O36LS 2,288. 2,464.

Credenza - Box/File with OpenUnit, Laminate Front

48� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 18� open BS2C2248B30O18LL 2,228. 2,440.54� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 24� open BS2C2254B30O24LL 2,318. 2,512.54� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 18� open BS2C2254B36O18LL 2,395. 2,566.60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 30� open BS2C2260B30O30LL 2,313. 2,521.60� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 24� open BS2C2260B36O24LL 2,410. 2,596.66� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 36� open BS2C2266B30O36LL 2,422. 2,643.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 30� open BS2C2266B36O30LL 2,479. 2,678.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 36� open BS2C2272B36O36LL 2,513. 2,728.

Order Code

Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)

BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front

Specification Information

Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.

For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.

Application Notes

Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.

Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and

323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�

Series 2 Storage

85

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 87: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza Counterweight Kits

description w weight pattern no. list

Credenza Counterweight Kitfor 30� wide drawer unit

30� 15 lbs. BS2ACW3015 $188.30� 20 lbs. BS2ACW3020 248.30� 25 lbs. BS2ACW3025 279.30� 30 lbs. BS2ACW3030 309.30� 35 lbs. BS2ACW3035 361.30� 40 lbs. BS2ACW3040 382.

Credenza Counterweight Kitfor 36� wide drawer unit

36� 15 lbs. BS2ACW3615 190.36� 20 lbs. BS2ACW3620 250.36� 25 lbs. BS2ACW3625 282.36� 30 lbs. BS2ACW3630 312.36� 35 lbs. BS2ACW3635 364.36� 40 lbs. BS2ACW3640 385.

Order Code

Example: BS2ACW3015

BS2 Template FrontACW Credenza counterweight

kit30 for 30� wide drawer15 weight

Specification Information

Credenzas with drawers may requirecounterweight when used infreestanding position. Refer toSeries 2 Overview - Series 2Credenzas Specifications to identifythe appropriate kit..Counterweight kits are specifiedseparately and field-installed.

Application Notes

Counterweight kits includemounting hardware and brackets toinstall the counterweight plates.

Counterweight plates are mountedto the back panel behind filedrawer(s) inside credenza.

Series 2 Storage

86

Page 88: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullAccessories

description type pattern no. list

Ganging Hardware Kits Ganging Hardware, Kit of 10 BS2AGB10 $176.Ganging Hardware, Kit of 1 BS2AGB01 52.

Extended Leveling Glides Extended Leveling Glides, 20 pieces BS2ALX20 109.Extended Leveling Glides, 100 pieces BS2ALX100 383.Extended Leveling Glides, 4 pieces BS2ALX04 50.

Order Code

Example: BS2SGB01

BS2 Template FrontSGB Ganging Hardware Kit01 Kit of 1

Specification Information

Ganging brackets may be used withCredenzas or Doublewide Pedestals.Ganging hardware attaches unitsfrom the underside allowinghandedness to be determinedon-site or converted in the future.Ganging hardware is included withCredenzas, standard. Bulk kits maybe specified separately if additionalbrackets are required.

Application Notes

Extended leveler kit may bespecified separately for unitsoverlaying table foot.Units with drawers requirecounterweight in freestandingposition.Refer to Series 2 Overview - Series 2Credenza section for specifics.

Series 2 Storage

87

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 89: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers42� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBLH4215BBFLS $2,111. $2,428. $2,532.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBRH4215BBFLS 2,111. 2,428. 2,532.

42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 14 7/8’� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBLH4215FFLS 2,013. 2,318. 2,418.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBRH4215FFLS 2,013. 2,318. 2,418.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH4215BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

88

Page 90: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015BBFLS $2,475. $2,846. $2,969.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015BBFLS 2,475. 2,846. 2,969.

50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015FFLS 2,232. 2,567. 2,678.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015FFLS 2,232. 2,567. 2,678.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5015BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

89

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 91: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBLH5015BBFLS $2,227. $2,559. $2,672.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBRH5015BBFLS 2,227. 2,559. 2,672.

50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBLH5015FFLS 2,111. 2,428. 2,532.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBRH5015FFLS 2,111. 2,428. 2,532.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5015BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

90

Page 92: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715FFLS $2,289. $2,636. $2,745.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715FFLS 2,289. 2,636. 2,745.

57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715BBFLS 2,532. 2,911. 3,040.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715BBFLS 2,532. 2,911. 3,040.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5715BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

91

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 93: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBLH5715BBFLS $2,532. $2,911. $3,040.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBRH5715BBFLS 2,532. 2,911. 3,040.

57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBLH5715FFLS 2,289. 2,636. 2,745.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBRH5715FFLS 2,289. 2,636. 2,745.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5715BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

92

Page 94: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415BBFLS $2,592. $2,979. $3,105.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415BBFLS 2,592. 2,979. 3,105.

64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415FFLS 2,348. 2,701. 2,822.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415FFLS 2,348. 2,701. 2,822.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH6415BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

93

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 95: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDLH6415BBFLS $2,333. $2,684. $2,799.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDRH6415BBFLS 2,333. 2,684. 2,799.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

64� High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDLH6415FFLS 2,218. 2,552. 2,659.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDRH6415FFLS 2,218. 2,552. 2,659.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH6415BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

94

Page 96: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBLH6415BBFLS $2,302. $2,650. $2,763.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBRH6415BBFLS 2,302. 2,650. 2,763.

64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBLH6415FFLS 2,190. 2,518. 2,625.right hand 15� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBRH6415FFLS 2,190. 2,518. 2,625.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH6415BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

95

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 97: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers42� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBLH4224BBFLS $3,057. $3,516. $3,669.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBRH4224BBFLS 3,057. 3,516. 3,669.

42� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBLH4224FFLS 2,940. 3,381. 3,528.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBRH4224FFLS 2,940. 3,381. 3,528.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH4224BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

96

Page 98: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBLH5024BBFLS $3,072. $3,532. $3,691.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBRH5024BBFLS 3,072. 3,532. 3,691.

50� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBLH5024FFLS 2,956. 3,398. 3,545.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBRH5024FFLS 2,956. 3,398. 3,545.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5024BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

97

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 99: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024BBFLS $2,879. $3,309. $3,453.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024BBFLS 2,879. 3,309. 3,453.

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024FFLS 2,638. 3,032. 3,165.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024FFLS 2,638. 3,032. 3,165.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5024BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

98

Page 100: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBLH5724BBFLS $3,193. $3,670. $3,833.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBRH5724BBFLS 3,193. 3,670. 3,833.

57� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBLH5724FFLS 3,077. 3,542. 3,696.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBRH5724FFLS 3,077. 3,542. 3,696.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5724BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

99

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 101: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724BBFLS $2,910. $3,348. $3,492.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724BBFLS 2,910. 3,348. 3,492.

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724FFLS 2,718. 3,125. 3,264.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724FFLS 2,718. 3,125. 3,264.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH5724BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

100

Page 102: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDLH6424FFLS $3,177. $3,657. $3,812.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDRH6424FFLS 3,177. 3,657. 3,812.

64� High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDLH6424BBFLS 3,294. 3,789. 3,953.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDRH6424BBFLS 3,294. 3,789. 3,953.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH6424BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

101

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 103: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBLH6424BBFLS $3,264. $3,750. $3,915.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBRH6424BBFLS 3,264. 3,750. 3,915.

64� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBLH6424FFLS 3,149. 3,622. 3,784.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBRH6424FFLS 3,149. 3,622. 3,784.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH6424BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

102

Page 104: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424BBFLS $2,930. $3,369. $3,516.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424BBFLS 2,930. 3,369. 3,516.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424FFLS 2,798. 3,218. 3,357.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424FFLS 2,798. 3,218. 3,357.

Order Code

Example: BT3SBLH6424BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

103

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 105: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030BBFLS $2,956. $3,398. $3,545.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030BBFLS 2,956. 3,398. 3,545.

50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030FFLS 2,732. 3,144. 3,281.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030FFLS 2,732. 3,144. 3,281.

Order Code

Example: BT3WSLH5030BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access50 50� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

104

Page 106: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730BBFLS $3,097. $3,557. $3,712.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730BBFLS 3,097. 3,557. 3,712.

57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730FFLS 2,780. 3,195. 3,334.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730FFLS 2,780. 3,195. 3,334.

Order Code

Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

105

Ser

ies

2Te

mpl

ate

Fron

tS

tora

ge

Page 107: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430BBFLS $3,149. $3,622. $3,784.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430BBFLS 3,149. 3,622. 3,784.

64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430FFLS 2,940. 3,380. 3,527.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430FFLS 2,940. 3,380. 3,527.

Order Code

Example: BT3WSLH6430BBFLS-117

BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access64 64� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)

Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display

towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and

Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with

wardrobe include (3) locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�

50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.

Series 2 Storage

106

Page 108: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Steel Overhead Storage with Reff Mounting BracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM24L $830. $872. $913.297/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM30L 862. 905. 948.357/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM36L 895. 940. 985.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM42L 930. 977. 1,023.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM48L 960. 1,008. 1,056.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM54L 1,255. 1,318. 1,381.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM60L 1,265. 1,328. 1,392.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM66L 1,310. 1,376. 1,441.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM72L 1,320. 1,386. 1,452.

Order Code

Example: DS2OD36EL-117

DS2 Series 2 ReffOD Stanchion Mount

Overhead36 36� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2PM24L). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

24� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� unitshave off-set double doors. 72� wideunits have two doors. Units with twodoors have two locks.

Note: this product features a steelfront with Reff componentsmounting features.

Application Notes

Add $163 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated RS2PM30EL. For unitswith two doors add $327 to the list.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Series 2 Storage

107

Ser

ies

2S

tora

gefo

rR

eff

Pan

els

Page 109: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Steel Overhead Storage with Reff Mounting BracketsBookshelves with Reff Mounting Brackets

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Series 2 Overhead Book Shelf 237/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS24 $300. $315. $330.297/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS30 313. 329. 344.357/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS36 313. 329. 344.417/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS42 324. 340. 356.477/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS48 338. 355. 372.537/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS54 373. 392. 410.597/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS60 373. 392. 410.657/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS66 400. 420. 440.717/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS72 415. 436. 457.

Order Code

Example: RS2BS30-113

RS2 Series 2 ReffBS Book Shelf30 30� wide113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Note: Steel construction for use withReff panels.

Application Notes Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.

Series 2 Storage

108

Page 110: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Accessories

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit (Not for use in3�high drawers)

5� DT3PDD $475.

Drawer Divider for Box Drawer DS1PBD 41.

Drawer Divider for File Drawer DS1PFD 41.

Pencil Tray black DS2PPTN 47.clear DS2PPTC 54.

Pedstal Drawer Reference Tablet with Plexi GlassCover

DT3RT 135.

Stationary Insert for box drawers (4 trays) DS1PST 214.

File Support Channel DS1PFS 41.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

Kit

Specification Information

Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.

Doublewide shelf kits are intendedfor use with open BS2DW unitsonly. Each open doublewidefeatures two available shelfpositions with one shelf includedstandard with the unit. Shelf kitsinclude appropriate shelf clips forfield installation.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in ablack painted finish standard.

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremovable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.

Series 2 Storage

109

Acc

esso

ries

Page 111: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Pedestals Accessories

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Retrofit Lock Kit DS2LKKT $74.

Doublewide Shelf Kit pack of 10 18� BS2ASF1810 1,250. 1,313. 1,375.pack of 10 24� BS2ASF2410 1,456. 1,528. 1,601.pack of 10 30� BS2ASF3010 1,618. 1,699. 1,780.pack of 10 36� BS2ASF3610 1,756. 1,844. 1,931.pack of 4 18� BS2ASF1804 534. 561. 587.pack of 4 24� BS2ASF2404 615. 646. 677.pack of 4 30� BS2ASF3004 680. 714. 748.pack of 4 36� BS2ASF3604 735. 772. 809.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

Kit

Specification Information

Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.

Doublewide shelf kits are intendedfor use with open BS2DW unitsonly. Each open doublewidefeatures two available shelfpositions with one shelf includedstandard with the unit. Shelf kitsinclude appropriate shelf clips forfield installation.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in ablack painted finish standard.

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremovable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.

Series 2 Storage

110

Page 112: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Overhead Storage AccessoriesT5 Task Lights

description type w d h pattern no. standard advanced

Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 19� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E19 ( ) $223. n/aUse with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E25 ( ) 241. 567.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E37 ( ) 245. 596.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E49 ( ) 280. 620.

Cord management clips (package of 50) DL3TC 55.

Order Code

Example: DL3T5E25SDL3 Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast25 WidthS Standard

Specification Information

Specify:

Width - Task Lights mount incabinets and shelves at least 5�wider than light width.

Application Notes

Task lights mount into the recess inthe underside of overhead cabinetsand shelves at least 5� wider thantask light width.

Task lights include T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcorset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.

Cord management clips must beordered separately.

Task light cordset is center exit. Onsmaller units cord exit is off-center,but still not handed.

Task lights are TCLP compliant andmeet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 24.

Advanced task lights are fitted withballast and lamp compliant withLEED requirements.

Cord management clips aredesigned for use with Dividendspanels.

Series 2 Storage

111

Acc

esso

ries

Page 113: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Overhead Storage AccessoriesWall Mount and Upmount Brackets

description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3

Wall-Mount Overhead Bracket (Dividends) 24� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM24 $90. $94. $98. $101.30� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM30 90. 94. 98. 101.36� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM36 95. 99. 102. 111.42� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM42 104. 112. 119. 123.48� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM48 115. 122. 126. 130.

Wall-Mount Shelf Bracket (Dividends) 30� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM30 159. 171. 184.36� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM36 166. 187. 198.42� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM42 184. 207. 213.48� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM48 202. 218. 225.

Vertical Dividers (Dark Grey only) Package of 4 DS1VD 126.

Overhead Cabinet Lock Retrofit Kit DS1OHL 72.

Order Code

Example: DS1WM24

DS1 DividendsWM Overhead Wall Mount24 24� Wide

Specification Information

Overhead wall-mount frames areintended for use with Series 2 Steelfront and Veneer front Overheadswith Dividends brackets

Overhead Shelf-Mount brackets areintended for use with Dividends andDividends Series 2 shelves

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions listed under w, h andd are actual to the nearest 1/16�

Series 2 Storage

112

Page 114: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Tower AccessoriesShelves and Worksurface Splice Plate Kits

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

15� Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 15� 12� 3/4� DT3HDS15 $161.

24� Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 24� 12� 3/4� DT3HDS24 173.

30� Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 30� 12� 3/4� DT3HDS30 205.

15� Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 15� 223/8� 1� DT3FDS15 116.

24� Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 24� 223/8� 1� DT3FDS24 126.

30� Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 30� 223/8� 1� DT3FDS30 133.

Order Code

Example: DT3HDS15

DT3 Series 2 TowersHDS Half Depth Shelf15 15� Wide

Specification Information

Half Depth Shelves:

15� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 15� wide singledoor towers or a 30� wide towerswith a 15� wide wardrobe.

24� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 24� wide singledoor or 24� wide double door towers.

30� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 30� widedouble door towers.

Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Shelves:

Side Access Bookcase and DisplayShelves are available in glass orsteel construction. Shelves are foruse with Side Access bookcase andDisplay towers only. Glass shelvesare frosted.

Application Notes

Worksurface Splice Plate Kits areintended for use with Side AccessBookcase and Display towers only.Splice Plate Kits permit theattachment of standard 24� deep(Nominal) worksurfaces. Each kitcontains a connector bracket andtrim panel. Trim panels should bespecified to match the tower paintfinish.

Note: All Shelves are useradjustable.

Series 2 Storage

113

Acc

esso

ries

Page 115: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Tower AccessoriesShelves and Worksurface Splice Plate Kits

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Glass Shelf for Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Tower

Qty 2 shelves DT3GBCDS $505.

Metal Shelf for Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Towers

Qty 2 Shelves DT3MBCDS 265. 288. 305.

Worksurface Splice Plate Kit for Display and SideAccess Bookcase Towers

DT3WSP 177. 193. 207.

Order Code

Example: DT3HDS15

DT3 Series 2 TowersHDS Half Depth Shelf15 15� Wide

Specification Information

Half Depth Shelves:

15� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 15� wide singledoor towers or a 30� wide towerswith a 15� wide wardrobe.

24� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 24� wide singledoor or 24� wide double door towers.

30� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 30� widedouble door towers.

Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Shelves:

Side Access Bookcase and DisplayShelves are available in glass orsteel construction. Shelves are foruse with Side Access bookcase andDisplay towers only. Glass shelvesare frosted.

Application Notes

Worksurface Splice Plate Kits areintended for use with Side AccessBookcase and Display towers only.Splice Plate Kits permit theattachment of standard 24� deep(Nominal) worksurfaces. Each kitcontains a connector bracket andtrim panel. Trim panels should bespecified to match the tower paintfinish.

Note: All Shelves are useradjustable.

Series 2 Storage

114

Page 116: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Tower AccessoriesSide Access Add-on Modules

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Tower Add-on module 15� 231/2� 15� DT3A1515 $989. $1,137. $1,195.24� 231/2� 15� DT3A1524 1,069. 1,229. 1,292.

Order Code

Example: DT3A1515-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontA Add-on Module15 Nominal Height15 Nominal Depth117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Tower Side Access Add-on modulesare constructed from steel with apowder coat paint finish. They arenot intended for use with veneerfront towers or other Knollstorage tower products.

The depth and width of a SideAccess Add-on module must matchthat of the parent tower.Side AccessAdd-on modules enable side accessstorage for standard front access,single, double and wardobe doortower configurations. Side AccessAdd-on modules are compatiblewith side access display andbookcase towers.

Application Notes

Tower Side Access Add-on modulesare intended for use with 15� and24� wide Steel, Morrison andCalibre front towers only.

Side Access Add-on modules arefield installed and are non-handed.

The overall actual height of anAdd-on module is 15�, thereforeadding 15� to the overall height ofthe parent S2 tower.

The overall actual interior clearanceof an Add-on module is 135/8�

Note: depth corresponds with thewidth of the parent tower, which iseither 15� or 24� wide.

Add-on modules cannot bedouble stacked.

Series 2 Storage

115

Acc

esso

ries

Page 117: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Tower AccessoriesDrawer Dividers

description type w d h pattern no. list

Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit (Not for use in3�high drawers)

5� DT3PDD $475.

File Drawer Divider Kit (Used within all lateralfile drawers except 3� high modules)

5� DT3FDD 593.

File Drawer Divider Kit (Used within 3� highlateral file or personal drawers)

2.5� DT3SDD 593.

Pencil Tray black DS2PPTN 47.clear DS2PPTC 54.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD-MEY

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

KitMEY Memo Yellow paint

finish

Specification Information

Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in blackpainted finish standard

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.

Series 2 Storage

116

Page 118: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Tower AccessoriesDrawer Dividers

description type w d h pattern no. list

Pedstal Drawer Reference Tablet with Plexi GlassCover

DT3RT $135.

Drawer Divider for Box Drawer DS1PBD 41.

Drawer Divider for File Drawer DS1PFD 41.

Stationary Insert for box drawers (4 trays) DS1PST 214.

File Support Channel DS1PFS 41.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD-MEY

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

KitMEY Memo Yellow paint

finish

Specification Information

Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in blackpainted finish standard

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.

Series 2 Storage

117

Acc

esso

ries

Page 119: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Storage Tower AccessoriesCoat Hooks and Rods

description type w d h pattern no. list

Coat bar kit for 9� wide wardrobes DT3CB9 $154.

Coat Bar Kit for 15� wide single door or 15� widewardrobe

DT3CB15 159.

Coat Bar for 30� wide double door tower DT3CB30 185.

Coat Bar for 24� wide single and double doortowers

DT3CB24 173.

Drop Down Coat Hook for Use in tower withoutstandard wardrobe

DT3DCH 101.

Floor Cover for 9� Wide Wardrobe 9� Wide Wardrobe DT3FM9 75.

Floor Cover for 15� Wide Wardrobe 15� Wide Wardrobe DT3FM15 89.

Specification Information

All towers with a 9� or 15� wardrobeare shipped with one coat hookinstalled at the factory. Coat rods areavailable as an accessory item andbe placed within a 9� or 15�wardobe or used within a 24� or 30�tower.

Application Notes

Drop Down coat hooks should beused when a wardobe is not present.Drop Down coat hooks permit thehanging of coats and jackets withinsingle door or double door towers.Floor Covers are designed for usewithin 9� and 15� wardobes only.

Note: Consider combining a DropDown coat hook with half depthshelves within a single door ordouble door tower to gain additionalfunctionality from the cupboard areaof the tower.

Series 2 Storage

118

Page 120: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Modesty Panel, steel10�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount

24� 1� 10� D1PS1024S $282. $317. $331.30� 1� 10� D1PS1030S 291. 329. 339.36� 1� 10� D1PS1036S 293. 331. 344.42� 1� 10� D1PS1042S 297. 336. 348.48� 1� 10� D1PS1048S 308. 347. 360.54� 1� 10� D1PS1054S 329. 369. 384.60� 1� 10� D1PS1060S 355. 401. 420.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Application Notes

Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.

Modesty panels are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

119

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 121: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Modesty Panel, fabric10�h

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount

24� 1� 10� D1PS1024F $486. $500. $520. $530. $547. $554. $562. $576.30� 1� 10� D1PS1030F 497. 511. 536. 544. 556. 565. 573. 589.36� 1� 10� D1PS1036F 512. 523. 551. 558. 572. 582. 594. 606.42� 1� 10� D1PS1042F 522. 541. 562. 572. 589. 599. 607. 622.48� 1� 10� D1PS1048F 541. 554. 578. 589. 604. 613. 625. 639.54� 1� 10� D1PS1054F 543. 556. 581. 593. 606. 615. 627. 643.60� 1� 10� D1PS1060F 596. 609. 639. 649. 668. 676. 688. 705.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.

Modesty panels are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

120

Page 122: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 241/2� D1PS4224F $567. $583. $610. $622. $639. $649. $659. $676.30� 1� 241/2� D1PS4230F 588. 604. 632. 644. 659. 672. 683. 699.36� 1� 241/2� D1PS4236F 622. 640. 670. 682. 699. 711. 724. 739.42� 1� 241/2� D1PS4242F 630. 648. 680. 691. 709. 723. 733. 753.48� 1� 241/2� D1PS4248F 646. 667. 695. 709. 728. 738. 751. 770.54� 1� 241/2� D1PS4254F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.60� 1� 241/2� D1PS4260F 681. 699. 733. 744. 766. 780. 792. 812.

Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 241/2� D1PS4224W1 688. 709. 739. 756. 774. 787. 801. 822.30� 1� 241/2� D1PS4230W1 756. 778. 814. 827. 850. 864. 880. 902.36� 1� 241/2� D1PS4236W1 803. 826. 865. 882. 905. 921. 935. 961.42� 1� 241/2� D1PS4242W1 862. 888. 931. 947. 972. 989. 1,006. 1,033.48� 1� 241/2� D1PS4248W1 893. 921. 965. 981. 994. 1,024. 1,041. 1,067.54� 1� 241/2� D1PS4254W1 995. 1,024. 1,072. 1,094. 1,122. 1,140. 1,161. 1,189.60� 1� 241/2� D1PS4260W1 1,033. 1,062. 1,112. 1,133. 1,162. 1,182. 1,202. 1,231.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

121

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 123: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 241/2� D1PS4224S $609. $698. $729.30� 1� 241/2� D1PS4230S 623. 712. 742.36� 1� 241/2� D1PS4236S 645. 737. 769.42� 1� 241/2� D1PS4242S 653. 748. 780.48� 1� 241/2� D1PS4248S 697. 798. 832.54� 1� 241/2� D1PS4254S 731. 835. 872.60� 1� 241/2� D1PS4260S 795. 909. 947.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Steel insert color matches screenback color.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

122

Page 124: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T24S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T30S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T36S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T42S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T48S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T54S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T60S 827. 948. 989.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Steel insert color matches screenback color.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

123

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 125: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Universal privacy screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060S 827. 948. 989.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Steel insert color matches screenback color.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

124

Page 126: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T24F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T30F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T36F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T42F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T48F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T54F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T60F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.

Order Code

Example:

Speciication Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

125

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 127: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� or 14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Universal privacy screen, fabric50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.

Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024W1 717. 735. 770. 784. 804. 818. 833. 854.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030W1 784. 809. 846. 859. 883. 898. 913. 937.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036W1 843. 867. 908. 926. 948. 967. 984. 1,008.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042W1 908. 935. 979. 996. 1,022. 1,041. 1,059. 1,084.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048W1 943. 971. 1,015. 1,036. 1,062. 1,080. 1,099. 1,125.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054W1 1,049. 1,078. 1,132. 1,152. 1,182. 1,202. 1,224. 1,252.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060W1 1,090. 1,120. 1,171. 1,192. 1,226. 1,247. 1,269. 1,299.

Universal privacy screen, fabric w/14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024W2 847. 870. 910. 928. 951. 969. 986. 1,010.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030W2 964. 991. 1,038. 1,057. 1,083. 1,103. 1,121. 1,150.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036W2 1,029. 1,058. 1,108. 1,126. 1,159. 1,178. 1,196. 1,228.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042W2 1,139. 1,175. 1,229. 1,250. 1,283. 1,308. 1,328. 1,362.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048W2 1,188. 1,224. 1,281. 1,306. 1,340. 1,362. 1,388. 1,422.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054W2 1,379. 1,422. 1,490. 1,516. 1,558. 1,584. 1,611. 1,653.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060W2 1,435. 1,479. 1,546. 1,575. 1,617. 1,647. 1,673. 1,716.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

126

Page 128: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Modesty Panel, steel10�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount

24� 1� 10� B1PS1024S $282. $317. $331.30� 1� 10� B1PS1030S 291. 329. 339.36� 1� 10� B1PS1036S 293. 331. 344.42� 1� 10� B1PS1042S 297. 336. 348.48� 1� 10� B1PS1048S 308. 347. 360.54� 1� 10� B1PS1054S 329. 369. 384.60� 1� 10� B1PS1060S 355. 401. 420.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Application Notes

Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.

Modesty panels are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

127

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 129: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Modesty Panel, fabric10�h

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount

24� 1� 10� B1PS1024F $486. $500. $520. $530. $547. $554. $562. $576.30� 1� 10� B1PS1030F 497. 511. 536. 544. 556. 565. 573. 589.36� 1� 10� B1PS1036F 512. 523. 551. 558. 572. 582. 594. 606.42� 1� 10� B1PS1042F 522. 541. 562. 572. 589. 599. 607. 622.48� 1� 10� B1PS1048F 541. 554. 578. 589. 604. 613. 625. 639.54� 1� 10� B1PS1054F 543. 556. 581. 593. 606. 615. 627. 643.60� 1� 10� B1PS1060F 596. 609. 639. 649. 668. 676. 688. 705.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.

Modesty panels are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

Application Notes

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

128

Page 130: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 241/2� B1PS4224S $609. $698. $729.30� 1� 241/2� B1PS4230S 623. 712. 742.36� 1� 241/2� B1PS4236S 645. 737. 769.42� 1� 241/2� B1PS4242S 653. 748. 780.48� 1� 241/2� B1PS4248S 697. 798. 832.54� 1� 241/2� B1PS4254S 731. 835. 872.60� 1� 241/2� B1PS4260S 795. 909. 947.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Steel insert color matches screenback color.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

129

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 131: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T24S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T30S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T36S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T42S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T48S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T54S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T60S 827. 948. 989.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Steel insert color matches screenback color.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

130

Page 132: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Universal privacy screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060S 827. 948. 989.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Steel insert color matches screenback color.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

131

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 133: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T24F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T30F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T36F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T42F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T48F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T54F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T60F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

132

Page 134: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� or 14� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 241/2� B1PS4224F $567. $583. $610. $622. $639. $649. $659. $676.30� 1� 241/2� B1PS4230F 588. 604. 632. 644. 659. 672. 683. 699.36� 1� 241/2� B1PS4236F 622. 640. 670. 682. 699. 711. 724. 739.42� 1� 241/2� B1PS4242F 630. 648. 680. 691. 709. 723. 733. 753.48� 1� 241/2� B1PS4248F 646. 667. 695. 709. 728. 738. 751. 770.54� 1� 241/2� B1PS4254F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.60� 1� 241/2� B1PS4260F 681. 699. 733. 744. 766. 780. 792. 812.

Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 241/2� B1PS4224W1 688. 709. 739. 756. 774. 787. 801. 822.30� 1� 241/2� B1PS4230W1 756. 778. 814. 827. 850. 864. 880. 902.36� 1� 241/2� B1PS4236W1 803. 826. 865. 882. 905. 921. 935. 961.42� 1� 241/2� B1PS4242W1 862. 888. 931. 947. 972. 989. 1,006. 1,033.48� 1� 241/2� B1PS4248W1 893. 921. 965. 981. 994. 1,024. 1,041. 1,067.54� 1� 241/2� B1PS4254W1 995. 1,024. 1,072. 1,094. 1,122. 1,140. 1,161. 1,189.60� 1� 241/2� B1PS4260W1 1,033. 1,062. 1,112. 1,133. 1,162. 1,182. 1,202. 1,231.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

133

Uni

vers

alP

riva

cyS

cree

nan

dM

odes

tyP

anel

Page 135: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� or 14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty

description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Universal privacy screen, fabric50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.

Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024W1 717. 735. 770. 784. 804. 818. 833. 854.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030W1 784. 809. 846. 859. 883. 898. 913. 937.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036W1 843. 867. 908. 926. 948. 967. 984. 1,008.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042W1 908. 935. 979. 996. 1,022. 1,041. 1,059. 1,084.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048W1 943. 971. 1,015. 1,036. 1,062. 1,080. 1,099. 1,125.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054W1 1,049. 1,078. 1,132. 1,152. 1,182. 1,202. 1,224. 1,252.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060W1 1,090. 1,120. 1,171. 1,192. 1,226. 1,247. 1,269. 1,299.

Universal privacy screen, fabric w/14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty

24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024W2 847. 870. 910. 928. 951. 969. 986. 1,010.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030W2 964. 991. 1,038. 1,057. 1,083. 1,103. 1,121. 1,150.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036W2 1,029. 1,058. 1,108. 1,126. 1,159. 1,178. 1,196. 1,228.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042W2 1,139. 1,175. 1,229. 1,250. 1,283. 1,308. 1,328. 1,362.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048W2 1,188. 1,224. 1,281. 1,306. 1,340. 1,362. 1,388. 1,422.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054W2 1,379. 1,422. 1,490. 1,516. 1,558. 1,584. 1,611. 1,653.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060W2 1,435. 1,479. 1,546. 1,575. 1,617. 1,647. 1,673. 1,716.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Pricing listed is for textured paint.

Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.

Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.

Application Notes

Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.

Privacy screens are actual width.

Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.

50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.

Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.

Series 2 Storage

134

Page 136: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Wall Mounting Suggestions The following information is provided only as a guide, and represents minimum recommendations only. Knoll does not accept responsibility for the attachment of any Knoll product to a Customer’s site wall. Wall specification/construction is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architect. Failure to properly attach Knoll products to adequate wall structures can lead to property damage and/or personal injury.

You should consult your own structural engineers and/or architects and must not rely on the information provided herein.

It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineers/architects to verify that the permanent structural walls (studs, blocks, solid masonry, etc.) on which the Knoll products are intended to be mounted are designed appropriately to support the product weight, PLUS 3 lbs. per linear inch for each useable shelf length

NOTE: A cabinet’s top is considered a “useable shelf” and MUST be included in the calculation of the total load for an overhead cabinet.

It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architects to specify the fasteners and method for attaching the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. to the supporting wall and to confirm that the installers have adhered to these specifications. For all local building standards and codes, and additional requirements (including, but not limited to, seismic conditions) the Customer should always consult local code agencies.

Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Series 2 Storage

135

Page 137: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

NEW CONSTRUCTION

Cinder Block or Poured Concrete Masonry Wall

Wood Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above

Wood Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height

Steel Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above

Steel Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height

Stud Specification

Wood studs, grade #2 or better, 3 1/2" minimum width, OR Metal studs, minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width

The wall must be a minimum of 6" thick, and must be full height to the roof/floor structure above

Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width

Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width

Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width

Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width

Stud Centers

Metal and wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

N/A Wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

Wood studs must be spaced at 16"" c/c maximum"

Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

Stud Height

Metal and wood studs must extend upwards, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above

Wood studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above

Affix #2 grade 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof/floor structure above

Metal studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above

Affix metal bracing 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof / floor structure above

Mounting the Knoll Supplied Cleat, Bracket, Frame, etc*

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a DanbackTM flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the studs to accommodate the full width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block. (Fasten the Danback™ as directed by the manufacturer)

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc directly to each wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

Fasten the Knoll supplied cabinet wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. directly to the masonry wall every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wall every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to the wall every 16"

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

*Graham Wall Hung Shelf

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting brackets directly to the masonry wall, using the holes provided in each bracket

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall cleat with...

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

3/16" x 3 1/2" Tapcon Masonry Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c with

1-1/4" embedment, screwed directly into the masonry wall

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION

Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Series 2 Storage

136

Page 138: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

pattern no. page

B1PS1024F 128

B1PS1024S 127

B1PS1030F 128

B1PS1030S 127

B1PS1036F 128

B1PS1036S 127

B1PS1042F 128

B1PS1042S 127

B1PS1048F 128

B1PS1048S 127

B1PS1054F 128

B1PS1054S 127

B1PS1060F 128

B1PS1060S 127

B1PS4224F 133

B1PS4224S 129

B1PS4224W1 133

B1PS4230F 133

B1PS4230S 129

B1PS4230W1 133

B1PS4236F 133

B1PS4236S 129

B1PS4236W1 133

B1PS4242F 133

B1PS4242S 129

B1PS4242W1 133

B1PS4248F 133

B1PS4248S 129

B1PS4248W1 133

B1PS4254F 133

B1PS4254S 129

B1PS4254W1 133

B1PS4260F 133

B1PS4260S 129

B1PS4260W1 133

B1PS42T24F 132

B1PS42T24S 130

B1PS42T30F 132

B1PS42T30S 130

B1PS42T36F 132

B1PS42T36S 130

B1PS42T42F 132

B1PS42T42S 130

B1PS42T48F 132

B1PS42T48S 130

B1PS42T54F 132

B1PS42T54S 130

B1PS42T60F 132

B1PS42T60S 130

B1PS5024F 134

B1PS5024S 131

B1PS5024W1 134

B1PS5024W2 134

B1PS5030F 134

B1PS5030S 131

B1PS5030W1 134

B1PS5030W2 134

B1PS5036F 134

B1PS5036S 131

B1PS5036W1 134

B1PS5036W2 134

pattern no. page

B1PS5042F 134

B1PS5042S 131

B1PS5042W1 134

B1PS5042W2 134

B1PS5048F 134

B1PS5048S 131

B1PS5048W1 134

B1PS5048W2 134

B1PS5054F 134

B1PS5054S 131

B1PS5054W1 134

B1PS5054W2 134

B1PS5060F 134

B1PS5060S 131

B1PS5060W1 134

B1PS5060W2 134

BS2ACW3015 86

BS2ACW3020 86

BS2ACW3025 86

BS2ACW3030 86

BS2ACW3035 86

BS2ACW3040 86

BS2ACW3615 86

BS2ACW3620 86

BS2ACW3625 86

BS2ACW3630 86

BS2ACW3635 86

BS2ACW3640 86

BS2AGB01 87

BS2AGB10 87

BS2ALX04 87

BS2ALX100 87

BS2ALX20 87

BS2ASF1804 110

BS2ASF1810 110

BS2ASF2404 110

BS2ASF2410 110

BS2ASF3004 110

BS2ASF3010 110

BS2ASF3604 110

BS2ASF3610 110

BS2C2218O 81

BS2C2224O 81

BS2C2230BLL 83

BS2C2230BLS 83

BS2C2230O 81

BS2C2236BLL 83

BS2C2236BLS 83

BS2C2236O 81

BS2C2236O18O18 82

BS2C2242O24O18 82

BS2C2248B30O18LL 85

BS2C2248B30O18LS 85

BS2C2248O24O24 82

BS2C2248O30O18 82

BS2C2254B30O24LL 85

BS2C2254B30O24LS 85

BS2C2254B36O18LL 85

BS2C2254B36O18LS 85

BS2C2254O30O24 82

BS2C2254O36O18 82

pattern no. page

BS2C2260B30B30LL 84

BS2C2260B30B30LS 84

BS2C2260B30O30LL 85

BS2C2260B30O30LS 85

BS2C2260B36O24LL 85

BS2C2260B36O24LS 85

BS2C2260O30O30 82

BS2C2260O36O24 82

BS2C2266B30O36LL 85

BS2C2266B30O36LS 85

BS2C2266B36B30LL 84

BS2C2266B36B30LS 84

BS2C2266B36O30LL 85

BS2C2266B36O30LS 85

BS2C2266O36O30 82

BS2C2272B36B36LL 84

BS2C2272B36B36LS 84

BS2C2272B36O36LL 85

BS2C2272B36O36LS 85

BS2C2272O36O36 82

BS2DW18O 80

BS2DW24O 80

BS2DW30L(L/V) 68

BS2DW30LS 80

BS2DW30O 80

BS2DW36L(L/V) 68

BS2DW36LS 80

BS2DW36O 80

BS2PFL18A(L/V) 66

BS2PFL18A(S/L/V) 78

BS2PFL18B(L/V) 66

BS2PFL18B(S/L/V) 78

BS2PFL24A(L/V) 66

BS2PFL24A(S/L/V) 78

BS2PFL24B(L/V) 66

BS2PFL24B(S/L/V) 78

BS2PFL30A(L/V) 66

BS2PFL30A(S/L/V) 78

BS2PFL30B(L/V) 66

BS2PFL30B(S/L/V) 78

BS2PML18A(L/V) 67

BS2PML18AS 79

BS2PML18B(L/V) 67

BS2PML18BS 79

BS2PML18F(L/V) 67

BS2PML18FS 79

BS2PML24A(L/V) 67

BS2PML24AS 79

BS2PML24B(L/V) 67

BS2PML24BS 79

BS2PML24F(L/V) 67

BS2PML24FS 79

BT3BDLH6415BBFLS 94

BT3BDLH6415FFLS 94

BT3BDRH6415BBFLS 94

BT3BDRH6415FFLS 94

BT3SBLH4215BBFLS 88

BT3SBLH4215FFLS 88

BT3SBLH5015BBFLS 90

BT3SBLH5015FFLS 90

BT3SBLH5715BBFLS 92

pattern no. page

BT3SBLH5715FFLS 92

BT3SBLH6415BBFLS 95

BT3SBLH6415FFLS 95

BT3SBRH4215BBFLS 88

BT3SBRH4215FFLS 88

BT3SBRH5015BBFLS 90

BT3SBRH5015FFLS 90

BT3SBRH5715BBFLS 92

BT3SBRH5715FFLS 92

BT3SBRH6415BBFLS 95

BT3SBRH6415FFLS 95

BT3SLH5015BBFL(L/V) 69

BT3SLH5015BBFLS 89

BT3SLH5015FFL(L/V) 69

BT3SLH5015FFLS 89

BT3SLH5715BBFL(L/V) 70

BT3SLH5715BBFLS 91

BT3SLH5715FFL(L/V) 70

BT3SLH5715FFLS 91

BT3SLH6415BBFL(L/V) 71

BT3SLH6415BBFLS 93

BT3SLH6415FFL(L/V) 71

BT3SLH6415FFLS 93

BT3SRH5015BBFL(L/V) 69

BT3SRH5015BBFLS 89

BT3SRH5015FFL(L/V) 69

BT3SRH5015FFLS 89

BT3SRH5715BBFL(L/V) 70

BT3SRH5715BBFLS 91

BT3SRH5715FFL(L/V) 70

BT3SRH5715FFLS 91

BT3SRH6415BBFL(L/V) 71

BT3SRH6415BBFLS 93

BT3SRH6415FFL(L/V) 71

BT3SRH6415FFLS 93

BT3WBDLH6424BBFLS 101

BT3WBDLH6424FFLS 101

BT3WBDRH6424BBFLS 101

BT3WBDRH6424FFLS 101

BT3WSBLH4224BBFLS 96

BT3WSBLH4224FFLS 96

BT3WSBLH5024BBFLS 97

BT3WSBLH5024FFLS 97

BT3WSBLH5724BBFLS 99

BT3WSBLH5724FFLS 99

BT3WSBLH6424BBFLS 102

BT3WSBLH6424FFLS 102

BT3WSBRH4224BBFLS 96

BT3WSBRH4224FFLS 96

BT3WSBRH5024BBFLS 97

BT3WSBRH5024FFLS 97

BT3WSBRH5724BBFLS 99

BT3WSBRH5724FFLS 99

BT3WSBRH6424BBFLS 102

BT3WSBRH6424FFLS 102

BT3WSLH5024BBFL(L/V) 72

BT3WSLH5024BBFLS 98

BT3WSLH5024FFL(L/V) 72

BT3WSLH5024FFLS 98

BT3WSLH5030BBFL(L/V) 75

BT3WSLH5030BBFLS 104

Alpha-Numeric Index

137

Page 139: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

pattern no. page

BT3WSLH5030FFL(L/V) 75

BT3WSLH5030FFLS 104

BT3WSLH5724BBFL(L/V) 73

BT3WSLH5724BBFLS 100

BT3WSLH5724FFL(L/V) 73

BT3WSLH5724FFLS 100

BT3WSLH5730BBFL(L/V) 76

BT3WSLH5730BBFLS 105

BT3WSLH5730FFL(L/V) 76

BT3WSLH5730FFLS 105

BT3WSLH6424BBFL(L/V) 74

BT3WSLH6424BBFLS 103

BT3WSLH6424FFL(L/V) 74

BT3WSLH6424FFLS 103

BT3WSLH6430BBFL(L/V) 77

BT3WSLH6430BBFLS 106

BT3WSLH6430FFL(L/V) 77

BT3WSLH6430FFLS 106

BT3WSRH5024BBFL(L/V) 72

BT3WSRH5024BBFLS 98

BT3WSRH5024FFL(L/V) 72

BT3WSRH5024FFLS 98

BT3WSRH5030BBFL(L/V) 75

BT3WSRH5030BBFLS 104

BT3WSRH5030FFL(L/V) 75

BT3WSRH5030FFLS 104

BT3WSRH5724BBFL(L/V) 73

BT3WSRH5724BBFLS 100

BT3WSRH5724FFL(L/V) 73

BT3WSRH5724FFLS 100

BT3WSRH5730BBFL(L/V) 76

BT3WSRH5730BBFLS 105

BT3WSRH5730FFL(L/V) 76

BT3WSRH5730FFLS 105

BT3WSRH6424BBFL(L/V) 74

BT3WSRH6424BBFLS 103

BT3WSRH6424FFL(L/V) 74

BT3WSRH6424FFLS 103

BT3WSRH6430BBFL(L/V) 77

BT3WSRH6430BBFLS 106

BT3WSRH6430FFL(L/V) 77

BT3WSRH6430FFLS 106

D1PS1024F 120

D1PS1024S 119

D1PS1030F 120

D1PS1030S 119

D1PS1036F 120

D1PS1036S 119

D1PS1042F 120

D1PS1042S 119

D1PS1048F 120

D1PS1048S 119

D1PS1054F 120

D1PS1054S 119

D1PS1060F 120

D1PS1060S 119

D1PS4224F 121

D1PS4224S 122

D1PS4224W1 121

D1PS4230F 121

D1PS4230S 122

D1PS4230W1 121

D1PS4236F 121

D1PS4236S 122

D1PS4236W1 121

pattern no. page

D1PS4242F 121

D1PS4242S 122

D1PS4242W1 121

D1PS4248F 121

D1PS4248S 122

D1PS4248W1 121

D1PS4254F 121

D1PS4254S 122

D1PS4254W1 121

D1PS4260F 121

D1PS4260S 122

D1PS4260W1 121

D1PS42T24F 125

D1PS42T24S 123

D1PS42T30F 125

D1PS42T30S 123

D1PS42T36F 125

D1PS42T36S 123

D1PS42T42F 125

D1PS42T42S 123

D1PS42T48F 125

D1PS42T48S 123

D1PS42T54F 125

D1PS42T54S 123

D1PS42T60F 125

D1PS42T60S 123

D1PS5024F 126

D1PS5024S 124

D1PS5024W1 126

D1PS5024W2 126

D1PS5030F 126

D1PS5030S 124

D1PS5030W1 126

D1PS5030W2 126

D1PS5036F 126

D1PS5036S 124

D1PS5036W1 126

D1PS5036W2 126

D1PS5042F 126

D1PS5042S 124

D1PS5042W1 126

D1PS5042W2 126

D1PS5048F 126

D1PS5048S 124

D1PS5048W1 126

D1PS5048W2 126

D1PS5054F 126

D1PS5054S 124

D1PS5054W1 126

D1PS5054W2 126

D1PS5060F 126

D1PS5060S 124

D1PS5060W1 126

D1PS5060W2 126

DB1U18 22

DL3T5E19 111

DL3T5E25 111

DL3T5E37 111

DL3T5E49 111

DL3TC 111

DS1OHL 112

DS1PBD 109, 117

DS1PFD 109, 117

DS1PFS 109, 117

DS1PST 109, 117

pattern no. page

DS1SWM30 112

DS1SWM36 112

DS1SWM42 112

DS1SWM48 112

DS1VD 112

DS1WM24 112

DS1WM30 112

DS1WM36 112

DS1WM42 112

DS1WM48 112

DS2DW30L 20

DS2DW36L 20

DS2LKKT 110

DS2OD36L 23

DS2OD42L 23

DS2OD48L 23

DS2OD54L 23

DS2OD60L 23

DS2OD66L 23

DS2OD72L 23

DS2PFL18A 18

DS2PFL18B 18

DS2PFL24A 18

DS2PFL24B 18

DS2PFL30A 18

DS2PFL30B 18

DS2PM24L 21

DS2PM30L 21

DS2PM36L 21

DS2PM42L 21

DS2PM48L 21

DS2PM54L 21

DS2PM60L 21

DS2PM66L 21

DS2PM72L 21

DS2PML18A 19

DS2PML18B 19

DS2PML18F 19

DS2PML24A 19

DS2PML24B 19

DS2PML24F 19

DS2PPTC 109, 116

DS2PPTN 109, 116

DS2UM30L 22

DS2UM36L 22

DS2UM42L 22

DS2UM48L 22

DS2UM54L 22

DS2UM60L 22

DS2UM66L 22

DS2UM72L 22

DS2XPB 15, 18, 66, 78

DS4DW30L 17

DS4DW36L 17

DS4PFL18A 15

DS4PFL18B 15

DS4PFL24A 15

DS4PFL24B 15

DS4PFL30A 15

DS4PFL30B 15

DS4PML18A 16

DS4PML18B 16

DS4PML18F 16

DS4PML24A 16

DS4PML24B 16

pattern no. page

DS4PML24F 16

DT3A1515 115

DT3A1524 115

DT3BDLH6415BBFL 50

DT3BDLH6415FFL 51

DT3BDRH6415BBFL 50

DT3BDRH6415FFL 51

DT3CB15 118

DT3CB24 118

DT3CB30 118

DT3CB9 118

DT3DCH 118

DT3FDD 116

DT3FDS15 113

DT3FDS24 113

DT3FDS30 113

DT3FM15 118

DT3FM9 118

DT3FWSLH5024BBFL 60

DT3FWSLH5024FFL 60

DT3FWSLH5724BBFL 61

DT3FWSLH5724FFL 61

DT3FWSLH6424BBFL 62

DT3FWSLH6424FFL 62

DT3FWSRH5024BBFL 60

DT3FWSRH5024FFL 60

DT3FWSRH5724BBFL 61

DT3FWSRH5724FFL 61

DT3FWSRH6424BBFL 62

DT3FWSRH6424FFL 62

DT3GBCDS 114

DT3HDS15 113

DT3HDS24 113

DT3HDS30 113

DT3MBCDS 114

DT3PDD 109, 116

DT3RT 109, 117

DT3SBLH4215BBFL 45

DT3SBLH4215FFL 45

DT3SBLH5015BBFL 46

DT3SBLH5015FFL 47

DT3SBLH5715BBFL 49

DT3SBLH5715FFL 48

DT3SBLH6415BBFL 50

DT3SBLH6415FFL 50

DT3SBRH4215BBFL 45

DT3SBRH4215FFL 45

DT3SBRH5015BBFL 46

DT3SBRH5015FFL 47

DT3SBRH5715BBFL 49

DT3SBRH5715FFL 48

DT3SBRH6415BBFL 50

DT3SBRH6415FFL 50

DT3SDD 116

DT3SLH5015BBFL 46

DT3SLH5015FFL 46

DT3SLH5715BBFL 48

DT3SLH5715FFL 48

DT3SLH6415BBFL 51

DT3SLH6415FFL 51

DT3SRH5015BBFL 46

DT3SRH5015FFL 46

DT3SRH5715BBFL 48

DT3SRH5715FFL 48

DT3SRH6415BBFL 51

Series 2 Storage

138

Page 140: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

pattern no. page

DT3SRH6415FFL 51

DT3WBDLH6424BBFL 58

DT3WBDLH6424FFL 59

DT3WBDRH6424BBFL 58

DT3WBDRH6424FFL 59

DT3WSBLH4224BBFL 52

DT3WSBLH4224FFL 52

DT3WSBLH5024BBFL 53

DT3WSBLH5024FFL 54

DT3WSBLH5724BBFL 56

DT3WSBLH5724FFL 55

DT3WSBLH6424BBFL 58

DT3WSBLH6424FFL 58

DT3WSBRH4224BBFL 52

DT3WSBRH4224FFL 52

DT3WSBRH5024BBFL 53

DT3WSBRH5024FFL 54

DT3WSBRH5724BBFL 56

DT3WSBRH5724FFL 55

DT3WSBRH6424BBFL 58

DT3WSBRH6424FFL 58

DT3WSLH5024BBFL 53

DT3WSLH5024FFL 53

DT3WSLH5030BBFL 63

DT3WSLH5030FFL 63

DT3WSLH5724BBFL 55

DT3WSLH5724FFL 55

DT3WSLH5730BBFL 64

DT3WSLH5730FFL 64

DT3WSLH6424BBFL 57

DT3WSLH6424FFL 57

DT3WSLH6430BBFL 65

DT3WSLH6430FFL 65

DT3WSP 114

DT3WSRH5024BBFL 53

DT3WSRH5024FFL 53

DT3WSRH5030BBFL 63

DT3WSRH5030FFL 63

DT3WSRH5724BBFL 55

DT3WSRH5724FFL 55

DT3WSRH5730BBFL 64

DT3WSRH5730FFL 64

DT3WSRH6424BBFL 57

DT3WSRH6424FFL 57

DT3WSRH6430BBFL 65

DT3WSRH6430FFL 65

DT4BDLH6415BBFL 29

DT4BDLH6415FFL 30

DT4BDRH6415BBFL 29

DT4BDRH6415FFL 30

DT4FWSLH5024BBFL 39

DT4FWSLH5024FFL 39

DT4FWSLH5724BBFL 40

DT4FWSLH5724FFL 40

DT4FWSLH6424BBFL 41

DT4FWSLH6424FFL 41

DT4FWSRH5024BBFL 39

DT4FWSRH5024FFL 39

DT4FWSRH5724BBFL 40

DT4FWSRH5724FFL 40

DT4FWSRH6424BBFL 41

DT4FWSRH6424FFL 41

DT4SBLH4215BBFL 24

DT4SBLH4215FFL 24

DT4SBLH5015BBFL 25

pattern no. page

DT4SBLH5015FFL 26

DT4SBLH5715BBFL 28

DT4SBLH5715FFL 27

DT4SBLH6415BBFL 29

DT4SBLH6415FFL 29

DT4SBRH4215BBFL 24

DT4SBRH4215FFL 24

DT4SBRH5015BBFL 25

DT4SBRH5015FFL 26

DT4SBRH5715BBFL 28

DT4SBRH5715FFL 27

DT4SBRH6415BBFL 29

DT4SBRH6415FFL 29

DT4SLH5015BBFL 25

DT4SLH5015FFL 25

DT4SLH5715BBFL 27

DT4SLH5715FFL 27

DT4SLH6415BBFL 30

DT4SLH6415FFL 30

DT4SRH5015BBFL 25

DT4SRH5015FFL 25

DT4SRH5715BBFL 27

DT4SRH5715FFL 27

DT4SRH6415BBFL 30

DT4SRH6415FFL 30

DT4WBDLH6424BBFL 38

DT4WBDLH6424FFL 38

DT4WBDRH6424BBFL 38

DT4WBDRH6424FFL 38

DT4WSBLH4224BBFL 31

DT4WSBLH4224FFL 31

DT4WSBLH5024BBFL 33

DT4WSBLH5024FFL 32

DT4WSBLH5724BBFL 35

DT4WSBLH5724FFL 34

DT4WSBLH6424BBFL 37

DT4WSBLH6424FFL 37

DT4WSBRH4224BBFL 31

DT4WSBRH4224FFL 31

DT4WSBRH5024BBFL 33

DT4WSBRH5024FFL 32

DT4WSBRH5724BBFL 35

DT4WSBRH5724FFL 34

DT4WSBRH6424BBFL 37

DT4WSBRH6424FFL 37

DT4WSLH5024BBFL 32

DT4WSLH5024FFL 32

DT4WSLH5030BBFL 42

DT4WSLH5030FFL 42

DT4WSLH5724BBFL 34

DT4WSLH5724FFL 34

DT4WSLH5730BBFL 43

DT4WSLH5730FFL 43

DT4WSLH6424BBFL 36

DT4WSLH6424FFL 36

DT4WSLH6430BBFL 44

DT4WSLH6430FFL 44

DT4WSRH5024BBFL 32

DT4WSRH5024FFL 32

DT4WSRH5030BBFL 42

DT4WSRH5030FFL 42

DT4WSRH5724BBFL 34

DT4WSRH5724FFL 34

DT4WSRH5730BBFL 43

DT4WSRH5730FFL 43

pattern no. page

DT4WSRH6424BBFL 36

DT4WSRH6424FFL 36

DT4WSRH6430BBFL 44

DT4WSRH6430FFL 44

RS2BS24 108

RS2BS30 108

RS2BS36 108

RS2BS42 108

RS2BS48 108

RS2BS54 108

RS2BS60 108

RS2BS66 108

RS2BS72 108

RS2PM24L 107

RS2PM30L 107

RS2PM36L 107

RS2PM42L 107

RS2PM48L 107

RS2PM54L 107

RS2PM60L 107

RS2PM66L 107

RS2PM72L 107

Series 2 Storage

139

Page 141: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions

of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada are made onlyon the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms and conditions. This sale isexpressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions may apply to KnollStudio andKnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by an authorized representative of Seller.These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence between Purchaser and Seller. Written quotationsexpire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during that period. Where Purchaser and Seller have enteredinto the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and other business communications placed or transmitted inaccordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signed and shall be valid for all purposes as if they wereoriginated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days after orderentry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, no othercharges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is generally issued upon shipment.In case of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion may be deductedand the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a fifty percent (50%) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with the remainder due withinthirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax and chargesfor inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) deposit is due at timeof order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due prior to shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment in advance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be added to theoutstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees andcosts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes andCancellation

Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited delivery programs,may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States for orders placed with Knoll, Inc. andwithin Canada, excluding the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland for orders placed with Knoll North America Corp. Packing is tested forrigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protect furniture from all conditions. If special packaging is required for any reason, please consultwith your sales representative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. Freight for all KnollTextiles orders is prepaid and added to theinvoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any special servicesin excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicle and extra,export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Claims All shipments for Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. All risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of delivery tocarrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are, orshould be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to notify Seller during the ten (10) working day period shallconstitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. For all claims relating to Product damaged in transit or for anyother claims relating to or arising out of the transportation of the Product, Purchaser must seek recovery from the carrier and Seller has no liability to Purchaserfor such claims. Seller may, upon request, assist Purchaser with filing of such claims with the carrier, but Seller will not be liable for any of these transportationrelated claims.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, including but notlimited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call Customer Service.All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Products not currentlyoffered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition and in the originalSeller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requests adelay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when the order isready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, including demurrage, preparationfor storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to the Product shall pass to thePurchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.

Selling Policy

140June 15, 2019

Page 142: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requested material toSeller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets any requirements ofUnderwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For a description of theprocedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have no responsibility for the appearance,condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless for anydamages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship and materials,during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Warranty period set forth below is for 24-hour, 7 days a week, multi shift use (includes parts and labor to repair).Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment, Sellershall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends Horizon, Morrison, Reff Profiles laminate, Rockwell Unscripted,Series 2 Storage, Template, Quoin and other non-wood components (except cascade edge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting, Series 2Veneer Front Storage, digital locks, uphostery, textiles and leathers, special or custom products, see below)12 Years: Chadwick, Generation by Knoll, k. task, Life, Moment, MultiGeneration by Knoll, Ollo, ReGeneration by Knoll, Remix, and Toboggan seating (exceptseating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes, see below).10 Years: Anchor Storage except digital locks, Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table, Dividends Horizon, Dividends Horizon Satellite Surfaces,Reff Profiles, Rockwell Unscripted, Quoin wood components, Template wood components, Series 2 Veneer Front Storage, cascade edge worksurfaces, WoodCasegoods (The Graham Collection) (except wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, see below), Reuter overheads, Reuter vertical storage, KnollExtra SapperMonitor Arm Collection, Sapper XYZ Monitor Arm Series, Adjustable keyboard mechanisms and platforms, Communication Boards (except fabric boardtextiles, cork and FilzFelt, see below), Smokador collection (except leathers, see below), Orchestra Universal Systems Accessories, k. lounge structuralcomponents, KnollStudio Pixel and Propeller, Tone bases.5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting (except light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, see below), special or custom product, wood veneerproducts and plywood, Currents handcrank, KnollStudio, Rockwell Unscripted wire bases, Spark Series seating structural elements, structural elements of allKnollStudio outdoor products including all Richard Schultz designed products, KnollExtra CPU holders and all universal storage drawers and Power Collection,k. bench (except changes in finish, see below) and k. stand bases (except changes in finish, see below).3 Years: Rockwell Unscripted upholstery (except textiles and leather), Office Seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes. Fabric boards textiles andSmokador Collection leathers, KnollExtra Pop Up Screens.2 Years: Anchor Storage digital locks, Quoin digital locks, all other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces. KnollStudio, outdoorproduct finishes, k. lounge upholstery and k. lounge fabric. Rockwell Unscripted fabric and accessories.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification, improper use or installation of Products).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a Knoll Dealer.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Changes in surface finishes, including colorfastness due to aging or exposure to light.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles and Spinneybeck FilzFelt (consult current price lists for applicable

warranties).Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matching of thecolors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OFDEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller, withrespect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of war or terrorism, actof any governmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond its reasonablecontrol. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocate available Productor cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against the Purchaser,and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunder constitutes a direct or acontributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have made allpayments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistance for the defense of said claim, suit orproceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM A BREACHOF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered into betweenthe parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.

Selling Policy

141June 15, 2019

Page 143: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

KnollKey Lock Program

KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.

Knoll furniture can be ordered keyed-alike or random keyed. Key-alikeand random keying instructions cannot be mixed on any single order. Onlyone of the two instructions can be used on an individual order. When anorder is submitted with mixed (key-alike and random) instructions, Knollwill release the order as key-alike only and lock cores will have to bespecified separately.

Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.

Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.

There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.

IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.

If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.

Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.

KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.

Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.

Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.

Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. Random keyed product will havecores factory-installed.

How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.

Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.

Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.

5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station

Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5

Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix for thenumber of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add the suffix‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C

Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C

3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C

2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C

Your Key instructions are complete.

Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom Product Development.For additions to existing installations, specify desired key numbers inthe description.

Service PartsPattern # Description List Price

KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired

$10

KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $10

KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired

$22

KCHANGE Change Key $10

HLKRKMASTER* Master Key $10

*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.

142

Page 144: Series 2 - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & Home

General Ordering Information

The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.

SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius

PricingAll prices shown are list.

How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.

Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.

On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.

To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.

Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry

Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.

Sustainability Statement

Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.

For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’

143